Exo-aza spiro inhibitors of menin-MLL interaction

This application is the National Stage of International Patent Application No. PCT/CN2018/121960, filed Dec. 19, 2018, which claims the benefit of International Application No. PCT/CN2017/117536, filed Dec. 20, 2017 and International Application No. PCT/CN2018/091521, filed Jun. 15, 2018, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which is being submitted herewith electronically in ASCII format and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on Jul. 9, 2020, is named 103693_003042_SL.txt and is 6,350 bytes in size.

The present invention relates to pharmaceutical agents useful for therapy and/or prophylaxis in a mammal, pharmaceutical composition comprising such compounds, and their use as menin/MLL protein/protein interaction inhibitors, useful for treating diseases such as cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and diabetes.

Chromosomal rearrangements affecting the mixed lineage leukemia gene (MLL; MLL1; KMT2A) result in aggressive acute leukemias across all age groups and still represent mostly incurable diseases emphasizing the urgent need for novel therapeutic approaches. Acute leukemias harboring these chromosomal translocations of MLL represent as lymphoid, myeloid or biphenotypic disease and constitute 5 to 10% of acute leukemias in adults and approximately 70% in infants (Marschalek, Br J Haematol 2011. 152(2), 141-54; Tomizawa et al, Pediatr Blood Cancer 2007. 49(2), 127-32).

MLL is a histone methyltransferase that methylates histone H3 on lysine 4 (H3K4) and functions in multiprotein complexes. Use of inducible loss-of-function alleles of Mll1 demonstrated that Mill plays an essential role in sustaining hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) and developing B cells although its histone methyltransferase activity is dispensable for hematopoiesis (Mishra et al., Cell Rep 2011. 7(4), 1239-47). Fusion of MLL with more than 60 different partners has been reported to date and has been associated with leukemia formation/progression (Meyer et al., Leukemia 2013. 27, 2165-2176). Interestingly, the SET (Su(var)3-9, enhancer of zeste, and trithorax) domain of MLL is not retained in chimeric proteins but is replaced by the fusion partner (Thiel et al., Bioessays 2012. 34, 771-80). Recruitment of chromatin modifying enzymes like Dot1L and/or the pTEFb complex by the fusion partner leads to enhanced transcription and transcriptional elongation of MLL target genes including HOXA genes (e.g. HOXA9) and the HOX cofactor MEIS1 as the most prominent ones. Aberrant expression of these genes in turn blocks hematopoietic differentiation and enhances proliferation.

Menin which is encoded by the Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia type 1 (MEN1) gene is expressed ubiquitously and is predominantly localized in the nucleus. It has been shown to interact with numerous proteins and is, therefore, involved in a variety of cellular processes. The best understood function of menin is its role as an oncogenic cofactor of MLL fusion proteins. Menin interacts with two motifs within the N-terminal fragment of MLL, that is retained in all fusion proteins, MBM1 (menin-binding motif 1) and MB M2 (Thiel et al., Bioessays 2012. 34, 771-80). Menin/MLL interaction leads to the formation of a new interaction surface for lens epithelium-derived growth factor (LEDGF). Although MLL directly binds to LEDGF, menin is obligatory for the stable interaction between MLL, and LEDGF and the gene specific chromatin recruitment of the MLL complex via the PWWP domain of LEDGF (Cermakova et al., Cancer Res 2014. 15, 5139-51; Yokoyama & Cleary, Cancer Cell 2008. 8, 36-46). Furthermore, numerous genetic studies have shown that menin is strictly required for oncogenic transformation by MIX fusion proteins suggesting the menin/MLL, interaction as an attractive therapeutic target. For example, conditional deletion of Men1 prevents leukomogenesis in bone marrow progenitor cells ectopically expressing MLL fusions (Chen et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci 2006. 103, 1018-23). Similarly, genetic disruption of menin/MLL fusion interaction by loss-of-function mutations abrogates the oncogenic properties of the MLL fusion proteins, blocks the development of leukemia in vivo and releases the differentiation block of MLL-transformed leukemic blasts. These studies also showed that menin is required for the maintenance of HOX gene expression by MIX fusion proteins (Yokoyama et al., Cell 2005. 123, 207-18). In addition, small molecule inhibitors of menin/MLL interaction have been developed suggesting druggability of this protein/protein interaction and have also demonstrated efficacy in preclinical models of AML (Borkin et al., Cancer Cell 2015. 27, 589-602; Cierpicki and Grembecka, Future Med Chem 2014. 6, 447-462). Together with the observation that menin is not a requisite cofactor of MLL1 during normal hematopoiesis (Li et al., Blood 2013. 122, 2039-2046), these data validate the disruption of menin/MLL interaction as a promising new therapeutic approach for the treatment of MIX rearranged leukemia and other cancers with an active HOX/MEIS1 gene signature. For example, an internal partial tandem duplication (PTD) within the 5′region of the MLL gene represents another major aberration that is found predominantly in de novo and secondary AML as well as myeloid dysplasia syndromes. Although the molecular mechanism and the biological function of MLL-PTD is not well understood, new therapeutic targeting strategies affecting the menin/MLL interaction might also prove effective in the treatment of MLL-PTD-related leukemias. Furthermore, castration-resistant prostate cancer has been shown to be dependent on the menin/MLL interaction (Malik et al., Nat Med 2015. 21, 344-52).

Several references describe inhibitors targeting the menin-MLL interaction: WO2011029054, J Med Chem 2016, 59, 892-913 describe the preparation of thienopyrimidine and benzodiazepine derivatives; WO2014164543 describes thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine derivatives; Nature Chemical Biology March 2012, 8, 277-284 and Ren, J; et al. Bioorg Med Chem Lett (2016), 26(18), 4472-4476 describe thienopyrimidine derivatives; J Med Chem 2014, 57, 1543-1556 describes hydroxy- and aminomethylpiperidine derivatives; Future Med Chem, 2014, 6, 447-462 reviews small molecule and peptidomimetic compounds; WO2016/195776 describes furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine, 9H-purine, [1,3]oxazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine, [1,3]oxazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine, [1,3]thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine, thieno[2,3-b]pyridine and thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives; and WO2016/197027 describes 5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidine, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido]4,3-d]pyrimidine, pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine and quinoline derivatives; and WO2016040330 describes thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds. WO2017192543 describes piperidines as Menin inhibitors. WO2017112768, WO2017207387, WO2017214367, WO2018053267 and WO2018024602 describe inhibitors of the menin-MLL interaction. WO2017161002 and WO2017161028 describe inhibitors of menin-MLL. WO2018050686, WO2018050684 and WO2018109088 describe inhibitors of the menin-MLL interaction.

The present invention concerns novel compounds of Formula (I),

and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of CH 3 , CH 2 F, CHF 2 and CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N or CR y ;

when Y 1 represents N, R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH 3 —OCH 3 , —NH 2 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

when Y 1 represents CR y , R 2 is hydrogen;

R y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, —O—C 1-4 alkyl, or —O—C 3-6 cycloalkyl;

Y 2 is CH 2 or O;

A is a covalent bond or —CR 15a R 15b —;

R 15a and R 15b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl;

Q is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 3a and —NR 4a R 4aa ;

R 1A is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and C 2-6 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1a and —NR 2a R 2aa ,

wherein R 1a , R 2a , R 2aa , R 3a , R 4a , and R 4aa are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

or (b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —, and —(NR B )—CHR 1B —CHR 2B —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; R 17 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; wherein R B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1b and —NR 2b R 2bb ; provided that when R 3 is R 17 , R B is hydrogen; wherein

R 1b , R 2b , and R 2bb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

R 1B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halo; C 3-6 cycloalkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, and —CN; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4B and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R 1B and R 1BB together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —OR 6B ; —NR 7B R 7BB ; CF 3 , C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 4B , and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 4B , R 5B , R 5BB , R 6B , R 7B , and R 7BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN and —C(═O)NR 9B R 9BB ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10B and —NR 11B R 11BB ; wherein

R 9B , R 9BB , R 10B , R 11B and R 11BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1c and —NR 2c R 2cc ; R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; R 17 ; a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —NR 2c R 2cc , Ar, Het 1 or Het 2 ; wherein

R 1c , R 2c , and R 2cc are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(d) L is selected from —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD — and —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD —CR 2D R 2DD —; wherein

R D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from —OR 1d and —NR 2d R 2dd ; wherein

R 1d , R 2d and R 2dd are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 1D , R 1DD , R 2D and R 2DD are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; and

R 3 is selected from the group consisting of

and

wherein

R 3D , R 4D , and R 5D are each independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with a —OH, —OC 1-6 alkyl, or a —NH 2 substituent;

or

(e) -L-R 3 is

wherein

R E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; R 1E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro and C 1-4 alkyl; and R 2E is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OC 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 fluoro substituents; or R 1E and R 2E are bound to the same carbon atom and together form a C 3-5 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; and R 3E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a fluoro or a —CN substituent; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4E and —NR 5E R 5EE ; wherein

R 4E , R 5E and R 5EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, and —C(═O)NR 6E R 6EE ; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 7E and —NR 8E R 8EE ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein R 6E , R 6EE , R 7E , R 8E and R 8EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(f) -L-R 3 is a radical

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , Het 4 , —O-Het 4 , —NR 5 —Het 4 , —C(═O)—Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 14 , CF 3 , C 3-5 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with —CN, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, Het 4 , —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 2-, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)—Het 4 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , Het 2 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —C(═O)—C 1-6 alkyl, —C(═O)Ar, —C(═O)Het 1 , —C(═O)Het 2 , —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , R 12 and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

wherein

R 12 is C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 7 , R 7′ , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 11″ , R 16 and —C(═O)NR 9 R 9′ ; C 1-4 alkyl substituted with three fluoro atoms; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11′ ; wherein

R 9 , R 9′ , R 10 , R 11 , R 11′ and R 11″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, halo, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl; R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, halo, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents CH 2 , O or NH;

X 2 represents NH or O;

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and Het 4 ;

Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, oxo, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —O—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 17 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.

Additionally, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use as a medicament, and to a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use in the treatment or in the prevention of cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and diabetes.

In a particular embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use in the treatment or in the prevention of cancer.

In a specific embodiment said cancer is selected from leukemias, myeloma or a solid tumor cancer (e.g. prostate cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, liver cancer, melanoma and glioblastoma, etc.). In some embodiments, the leukemias include acute leukemias, chronic leukemias, myeloid leukemias, myelogeneous leukemias, lymphoblastic leukemias, lymphocytic leukemias, Acute myelogeneous leukemias (AML), Chronic myelogenous leukemias (CML), Acute lymphoblastic leukemias (ALL), Chronic lymphocytic leukemias (CLL), T cell prolymphocytic leukemias (T-PLL), Large granular lymphocytic leukemia, Hairy cell leukemia (HCL), MLL-rearranged leukemias, MLL-PTD leukemias, MLL amplified leukemias, MLL-positive leukemias, leukemias exhibiting HOX/MEIS1 gene expression signatures etc.

The invention also relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, in combination with an additional pharmaceutical agent for use in the treatment or prevention of cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and diabetes.

Furthermore, the invention relates to a process for preparing a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, characterized in that a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intimately mixed with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof. The invention also relates to a product comprising a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, and an additional pharmaceutical agent, as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in the treatment or prevention of cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and diabetes.

Additionally, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a cell proliferative disease in a warm-blooded animal which comprises administering to the said animal an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, as defined herein, or a pharmaceutical composition or combination as defined herein.

The term ‘halo’ or ‘halogen’ as used herein represents fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.

The prefix ‘C x-y ’ (where x and y are integers) as used herein refers to the number of carbon atoms in a given group. Thus, a C 1-6 alkyl group contains from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and so on.

The term ‘C 1-4 alkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group represents a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl and the like.

The term ‘C 2-4 alkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group represents a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, such as ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl and the like.

The term ‘C 1-6 alkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group represents a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as the groups defined for C 1-4 alkyl and n-pentyl, n-hexyl, 2-methylbutyl and the like.

The term ‘C 2-6 alkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group represents a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms such as the groups defined for C 2-4 alkyl and n-pentyl, n-hexyl, 2-methylbutyl and the like.

The term ‘C 3-5 cycloalkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group defines a saturated, cyclic hydrocarbon radical having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl and cyclopentyl. The term ‘C 3-6 cycloalkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group defines a saturated, cyclic hydrocarbon radical having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.

It will be clear for the skilled person that S(═O) 2 , (SO 2 ) or SO 2 represents a sulfonyl moiety.

It will be clear for the skilled person that CO or C(═O) represents a carbonyl moiety.

It will be clear for the skilled person that —N(R B )— or —(NR B )— represents

As used herein ‘spirocarbobicyclic’ systems are cyclic carbon systems wherein two cycles are joined at a single atom. Examples of 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic systems include, but are not limited to

and the like.

In general, whenever the term ‘substituted’ is used in the present invention, it is meant, unless otherwise indicated or clear from the context, to indicate that one or more hydrogens, in particular from 1 to 4 hydrogens, more in particular from 1 to 3 hydrogens, preferably 1 or 2 hydrogens, more preferably 1 hydrogen, on the atom or radical indicated in the expression using ‘substituted’ are replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a chemically stable compound, i.e. a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture.

Whenever one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2) is substituted with one or where possible two substituents, those substituents may replace any hydrogen atom bound to a carbon or nitrogen atom, including NH, CH and CH 2 groups in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 .

It will be clear for the skilled person that when e.g. L is —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB — in option (b) of -L-R 3 , this means that the nitrogen atom substituted with R B is attached to variable A. This is similar for other definitions of L such as for example —(NR B )—CHR 1B —CHR 2B — (nitrogen atom substituted with R B attached to variable A), —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD — (nitrogen atom substituted with R D attached to variable A), —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD —CR 2D R 2DD — (nitrogen atom substituted with R D attached to variable A), or other similar definitions of L in the scope.

It will be clear for the skilled person that when A is a covalent bond, Formula (I) is limited to Formula (I-x) wherein all variables are as defined herein:

Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in chemically stable compounds. ‘Stable compound’ is meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture.

The skilled person will understand that when an atom or radical is substituted with ‘a substituent’, it is meant that the atom or radical referred to is substituted with one substituent selected from the indicated group.

The skilled person will understand that the term ‘optionally substituted’ means that the atom or radical indicated in the expression using ‘optionally substituted’ may or may not be substituted (this means substituted or unsubstituted respectively).

When two or more substituents are present on a moiety they may, where possible and unless otherwise indicated or clear from the context, replace hydrogens on the same atom or they may replace hydrogen atoms on different atoms in the moiety.

It will be clear for the skilled person that, unless otherwise is indicated or is clear from the context, a substituent on a heterocyclyl group may replace any hydrogen atom on a ring carbon atom or on a ring heteroatom (e.g. a hydrogen on a nitrogen atom may be replaced by a substituent).

Within the context of this invention ‘saturated’ means ‘fully saturated’, if not otherwise specified.

A ‘non-aromatic group’ embraces unsaturated ring systems without aromatic character, partially saturated and fully saturated carbocyclic and heterocyclic ring systems. The term ‘partially saturated’ refers to rings wherein the ring structure(s) contain(s) at least one multiple bond e.g. a C═C, N═C bond. The term ‘fully saturated’ refers to rings where there are no multiple bonds between ring atoms. Thus, a ‘non-aromatic heterocyclyl’ is a non-aromatic monocyclic or bicyclic system, unless otherwise specified, having for example, 3 to 12 ring members, more usually 5 to 10 ring members. Examples of monocyclic groups are groups containing 4 to 7 ring members, more usually, 5 or 6 ring members. Examples of bicyclic groups are those containing 7 to 12, 8 to 12, more usually 9 or 10 ring members.

The skilled person will understand that a ‘non-aromatic heterocyclyl’ contains at least one heteroatom such as N, O or S, if not otherwise specified or is clear from the context.

Non-limiting examples of monocyclic heterocyclyl systems containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur (N, O, S) include, but are not limited to 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl systems such as azetidinyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, and tetrahydro-2H-thiopyranyl 1,1-dioxide, in particular azetidinyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, and thiomorpholinyl.

Non-limiting examples of bicyclic heterocyclyl systems containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur (N, O, S) include, but are not limited to octahydro-1H-indolyl, indolinyl,

Unless otherwise specified, each can be bound to the remainder of the molecule of Formula (I) through any available ring carbon atom (C-linked) or nitrogen atom (N-linked), and may optionally be substituted, where possible, on carbon and/or nitrogen atoms according to the embodiments. E.g. Het 2 and Het 4 can be C-linked or N-linked to the remainder of the molecule of Formula (I).

The term ‘C-linked 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulphur atom’ as used herein alone or as part of another group, defines a saturated, cyclic hydrocarbon radical containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulphur atom having from 4 to 7 ring members, as defined above, bound through an available carbon atom. It will be clear that similar the term ‘C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom’ as used herein alone or as part of another group, defines a saturated, cyclic hydrocarbon radical containing one oxygen atom having from 4 to 6 ring members, as defined above, bound through an available carbon atom (such as for example oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl).

Similar, it will be clear that the term ‘C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulphur atom’ as used herein alone or as part of another group, defines a non-aromatic, cyclic hydrocarbon radical containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulphur atom having from 4 to 7 ring members, as defined above, bound through an available carbon atom. It will be clear that similar the term ‘C-linked 4- to 6-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom’ as used herein alone or as part of another group, defines a non-aromatic, cyclic hydrocarbon radical containing one oxygen atom having from 4 to 6 ring members, as defined above, bound through an available carbon atom (such as for example oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl and tetrahydropyranyl).

Similar, it will be clear that the term ‘N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur’ as used herein alone or as part of another group, defines a non-aromatic, cyclic hydrocarbon radical containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, having from 4 to 7 ring members, as defined above, bound through an available N-atom. It should be understood that 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl groups (as in the definition of R 14 ) are aromatic and may be attached to the remainder of the molecule of Formula (I) through any available ring carbon or nitrogen atom as appropriate, if not otherwise specified. Preferably via a carbon atom. Non-limiting examples of 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur include, but are not limited to pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl or thiazolyl.

Whenever substituents are represented by chemical structure, ‘- - -’ represents the bond of attachment to the remainder of the molecule of Formula (I).

Lines (such as ‘- - -’) drawn into ring systems indicate that the bond may be attached to any of the suitable ring atoms.

For example when Het 3 is (b-1) wherein Ring B is phenyl

this covers any one of the following ring systems

For example when Het 3 is (b-2) wherein Ring B is phenyl

this covers any one of the following ring systems

Het 1 , Het 2 and Het 4 may be attached to the remainder of the molecule of Formula (I) through any available ring carbon or nitrogen atom as appropriate, if not otherwise specified.

It will be clear that a saturated cyclic moiety may, where possible, have substituents on both carbon and nitrogen atoms, unless otherwise is indicated or is clear from the context.

When any variable occurs more than one time in any constituent, each definition is independent.

When any variable occurs more than one time in any formula (e.g. Formula (I)), each definition is independent.

The term “subject” as used herein, refers to an animal, preferably a mammal (e.g. cat, dog, primate or human), more preferably a human, who is or has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment.

The term “therapeutically effective amount” as used herein, means that amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medicinal doctor or other clinician, which includes alleviation or reversal of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated.

The term “composition” is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.

The term “treatment”, as used herein, is intended to refer to all processes wherein there may be a slowing, interrupting, arresting or stopping of the progression of a disease, but does not necessarily indicate a total elimination of all symptoms.

The term “compound(s) of the (present) invention” or “compound(s) according to the (present) invention” as used herein, is meant to include the compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof.

As used herein, any chemical formula with bonds shown only as solid lines and not as solid wedged or hashed wedged bonds, or otherwise indicated as having a particular configuration (e.g. R, S) around one or more atoms, contemplates each possible stereoisomer, or mixture of two or more stereoisomers.

Hereinbefore and hereinafter, the term “compound(s) of Formula (I)” is meant to include the tautomers thereof and the stereoisomeric forms thereof.

The terms “stereoisomers”, “stereoisomeric forms” or “stereochemically isomeric forms” hereinbefore or hereinafter are used interchangeably.

The invention includes all stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention either as a pure stereoisomer or as a mixture of two or more stereoisomers.

Enantiomers are stereoisomers that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other. A 1:1 mixture of a pair of enantiomers is a racemate or racemic mixture.

Atropisomers (or atropoisomers) are stereoisomers which have a particular spatial configuration, resulting from a restricted rotation about a single bond, due to large steric hindrance. All atropisomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I) are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.

Diastereomers (or diastereoisomers) are stereoisomers that are not enantiomers, i.e. they are not related as mirror images. If a compound contains a double bond, the substituents may be in the E or the Z configuration.

Substituents on bivalent cyclic saturated or partially saturated radicals may have either the cis- or trans-configuration; for example if a compound contains a disubstituted cycloalkyl group, the substituents may be in the cis or trans configuration.

Therefore, the invention includes enantiomers, atropisomers, diastereomers, racemates, E isomers, Z isomers, cis isomers, trans isomers and mixtures thereof, whenever chemically possible.

The meaning of all those terms, i.e. enantiomers, atropisomers, diastereomers, racemates, E isomers, Z isomers, cis isomers, trans isomers and mixtures thereof are known to the skilled person.

The absolute configuration is specified according to the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system. The configuration at an asymmetric atom is specified by either R or S. Resolved stereoisomers whose absolute configuration is not known can be designated by (+) or (−) depending on the direction in which they rotate plane polarized light. For instance, resolved enantiomers whose absolute configuration is not known can be designated by (+) or (−) depending on the direction in which they rotate plane polarized light.

When a specific stereoisomer is identified, this means that said stereoisomer is substantially free, i.e. associated with less than 50%, preferably less than 20%, more preferably less than 10%, even more preferably less than 5%, in particular less than 2% and most preferably less than 1%, of the other stereoisomers. Thus, when a compound of Formula (I) is for instance specified as (R), this means that the compound is substantially free of the (X) isomer; when a compound of Formula (I) is for instance specified as E, this means that the compound is substantially free of the Z isomer; when a compound of Formula (I) is for instance specified as cis, this means that the compound is substantially free of the trans isomer.

Some of the compounds according to Formula (I) may also exist in their tautomeric form. Such forms in so far as they may exist, although not explicitly indicated in the above Formula (I) are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention. It follows that a single compound may exist in both stereoisomeric and tautomeric form.

Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts and base addition salts. Such salts may be formed by conventional means, for example by reaction of a free acid or a free base form with one or more equivalents of an appropriate base or acid, optionally in a solvent, or in a medium in which the salt is insoluble, followed by removal of said solvent, or said medium, using standard techniques (e.g. in vacuo, by freeze-drying or by filtration). Salts may also be prepared by exchanging a counter-ion of a compound of the invention in the form of a salt with another counter-ion, for example using a suitable ion exchange resin.

The pharmaceutically acceptable salts as mentioned hereinabove or hereinafter are meant to comprise the therapeutically active non-toxic acid and base salt forms which the compounds of Formula (I) and solvates thereof, are able to form.

Appropriate acids comprise, for example, inorganic acids such as hydrohalic acids, e.g. hydrochloric or hydrobromic acid, sulfuric, nitric, phosphoric and the like acids; or organic acids such as, for example, acetic, propanoic, hydroxyacetic, lactic, pyruvic, oxalic (i.e. ethanedioic), malonic, succinic (i.e. butanedioic acid), maleic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluene-sulfonic, cyclamic, salicylic, p-aminosalicylic, pamoic and the like acids. Conversely said salt forms can be converted by treatment with an appropriate base into the free base form.

The compounds of Formula (I) and solvates thereof containing an acidic proton may also be converted into their non-toxic metal or amine salt forms by treatment with appropriate organic and inorganic bases.

Appropriate base salt forms comprise, for example, the ammonium salts, the alkali and earth alkaline metal salts, e.g. the lithium, sodium, potassium, cesium, magnesium, calcium salts and the like, salts with organic bases, e.g. primary, secondary and tertiary aliphatic and aromatic amines such as methylamine, ethylamine, propylamine, isopropylamine, the four butyl amine isomers, dimethylamine, diethyl amine, diethanolamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, di-n-butylamine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, quinuclidine, pyridine, quinoline and isoquinoline; the benzathine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, hydrabamine salts, and salts with amino acids such as, for example, arginine, lysine and the like. Conversely the salt form can be converted by treatment with acid into the free acid form.

The term solvate comprises the solvent addition forms as well as the salts thereof, which the compounds of Formula (I) are able to form. Examples of such solvent addition forms are e.g. hydrates, alcoholates and the like.

The compounds of the invention as prepared in the processes described below may be synthesized in the form of mixtures of enantiomers, in particular racemic mixtures of enantiomers, that can be separated from one another following art-known resolution procedures. A manner of separating the enantiomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, involves liquid chromatography using a chiral stationary phase. Said pure stereochemically isomeric forms may also be derived from the corresponding pure stereochemically isomeric forms of the appropriate starting materials, provided that the reaction occurs stereospecifically. Preferably if a specific stereoisomer is desired, said compound would be synthesized by stereospecific methods of preparation. These methods will advantageously employ enantiomerically pure starting materials.

The present invention also embraces isotopically-labeled compounds of the presen t invention which are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature (or the most abundant one found in nature).

All isotopes and isotopic mixtures of any particular atom or element as specified herein are contemplated within the scope of the compounds of the invention, either naturally occurring or synthetically produced, either with natural abundance or in an isotopically enriched form. Exemplary isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, fluorine, chlorine and iodine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 13 N, 15 O, 17 O, 18 O, 32 P, 33 P, 35 S, 18 F, 36 Cl, 122 I, 123 I, 125 I, 131 I, 75 Br, 76 Br, 77 Br and 82 Br. Preferably, the radioactive isotope is selected from the group of 2 H, 3 H, 11 C and 18 F. More preferably, the radioactive isotope is 2 H. In particular, deuterated compounds are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.

Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention (e.g., those labeled with 3 H and 14 C) may be useful for example in substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated ( 3 H) and carbon-14 ( 14 C) isotopes are useful for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2 H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Thus, in a particular embodiment of the present invention, R 2 is selected from hydrogen or deuterium, in particular deuterium. Positron emitting isotopes such as 15 O, 13 N, 11 C and 18 F are useful for positron emission tomography (PET) studies. PET imaging in cancer finds utility in helping locate and identify tumours, stage the disease and determine suitable treatment. Human cancer cells overexpress many receptors or proteins that are potential disease-specific molecular targets. Radiolabelled tracers that bind with high affinity and specificity to such receptors or proteins on tumour cells have great potential for diagnostic imaging and targeted radionuclide therapy (Charron, Carlie L. et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 2016, 57(37), 4119-4127). Additionally, target-specific PET radiotracers may be used as biomarkers to examine and evaluate pathology, by for example, measuring target expression and treatment response (Austin R. et al. Cancer Letters (2016), doi: 10.1016/j.canlet.2016.05.008).

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of CH 3 , CH 2 F, CHF 2 and CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N or CR y ;

when Y 1 represents N, R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH 3 —OCH 3 , —NH 2 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

when Y 1 represents CR y , R 2 is hydrogen;

R y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, —O—C 1-4 alkyl, or —O—C 3-6 cycloalkyl;

Y 2 is CH 2 or O;

A is a covalent bond or —CR 15a R 15b —;

R 15a and R 15b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl;

Q is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 3a and —NR 4a R 4aa ;

R 1A is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and C 2-6 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1a and —NR 2a R 2aa ,

wherein R 1a , R 2a , R 2aa , R 3a , R 4a , and R 4aa are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

or (b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —, and —(NR B )—CHR 1B —CHR 2B —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; R 17 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; wherein R B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1b and —NR 2b R 2bb ; provided that when R 3 is R 17 , R B is hydrogen; wherein

R 1b , R 2b , and R 2bb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

R 1B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halo; C 3-6 cycloalkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, and —CN; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4B and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R 1B and R 1BB together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —OR 6B ; —NR 7B R 7BB ; CF 3 , C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 4B , and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 4B , R 5B , R 5BB , R 6B , R 7B , and R 7BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN and —C(═O)NR 9B R 9BB ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10B and —NR 11B R 11BB ; wherein

R 9B , R 9BB , R 10B , R 11B and R 11BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1c and —NR 2c R 2cc ;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; R 17 ; a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —NR 2c R 2cc , Ar, Het 1 or Het 2 ; wherein

R 1c , R 2c , and R 2cc are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(d) L is selected from —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD — and —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD —CR 2D R 2DD —; wherein

R D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from —OR 1d and —NR 2d R 2dd ; wherein

R 1d , R 2d and R 2dd are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 1D , R 1DD , R 2D and R 2DD are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; and

R 3 is selected from the group consisting of

and

wherein

R 3D , R 4D , and R 5D are each independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with a —OH, —OC 1-6 alkyl, or a —NH 2 substituent;

or

(e) -L-R 3 is

wherein

R E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; R 1E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro and C 1-4 alkyl; and R 2E is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OC 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 fluoro substituents; or R 1E and R 2E are bound to the same carbon atom and together form a C 3-5 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; and R 3E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a fluoro or a —CN substituent; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4E and —NR 5E R 5EE ; wherein

R 4E , R 5E and R 5EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, and —C(═O)NR 6E R 6EE ; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 7E and —NR 8E R 8EE ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein R 6E , R 6EE , R 7E , R 8E and R 8EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(f) -L-R 3 is a radical

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , Het 4 , —O-Het 4 , —NR 5 —Het 4 , —C(═O)—Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 14 , CF 3 , C 3-5 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with —CN, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, Het 4 , —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 2-, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)—Het 4 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , Het 2 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —C(═O)—C 1-6 alkyl, —C(═O)Ar, —C(═O)Het 1 , —C(═O)Het 2 , —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , R 12 and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

wherein

R 12 is C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 7 , R 7′ , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 11″ , R 16 and —C(═O)NR 9 R 9′ ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11′ ; wherein

R 9 , R 9′ , R 10 , R 11 , R 11′ and R 11″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, halo, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl; R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, halo, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents CH 2 , O or NH;

X 2 represents NH or O;

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and Het 4 ;

Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, oxo, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —O—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 17 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N;

when Y 1 represents N, R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH 3 —OCH 3 , —NH 2 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

Y 2 is CH 2 ;

A is a covalent bond or —CR 15a R 15b —;

R 15a and R 15b are hydrogen;

Q is hydrogen;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 1A is C 1-6 alkyl;

or

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, and —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB ; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; and R 17 ; in particular R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 3 ; and R 17 ; wherein

R B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; R 1B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R 1B and R 1BB together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of Ar; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with Het 2 ;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , Het 4 , —O-Het 4 , —C(═O)—Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 14 , CF 3 , C 3-5 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with —CN, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het 4 , —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 2-, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, and imidazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —OR 4 , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)—Het 4 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl;

wherein

R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 7 , R 7′ , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —CN, R 11″ , and R 16 ; C 1-4 alkyl substituted with three fluoro atoms; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11 ; wherein

R 10 , R 11 , R 11′ and R 11″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and C 1-4 alkyl; R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents CH 2 , O or NH;

X 2 represents NH or O;

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and Het 4 ;

Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, oxo, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —O—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 17 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —NR 5 R 5′ ;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof wherein

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of CH 3 , CH 2 F, CHF 2 and CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N or CR y ;

when Y 1 represents N, R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH 3 —OCH 3 , —NH 2 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

when Y 1 represents CR y , R 2 is hydrogen;

R y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, —O—C 1-4 alkyl, or —O—C 3-6 cycloalkyl;

Y 2 is CH 2 or O;

A is a covalent bond;

Q is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 3a and —NR 4a R 4aa ;

R 1A is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and C 2-6 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1a and —NR 2a R 2aa ,

wherein R 1a , R 2a , R 2aa , R 3a , R 4a , and R 4aa are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

or

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —, and —(NR B )—CHR 1B —CHR 2B —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; R 17 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; wherein

R B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1b and —NR 2b R 2bb ; provided that when R 3 is R 17 , R B is hydrogen; wherein

R 1b , R 2b , and R 2bb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

R 1B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halo; C 3-6 cycloalkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, and —CN; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4B and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R 1B and R 1BB together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —OR 6B ; —NR 7B R 7BB ; CF 3 , C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 4B , and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 4B , R 5B , R 5BB , R 6B , R 7B , and R 7BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN and —C(═O)NR 9B R 9BB ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10B and —NR 11B R 11BB ; wherein

R 9B , R 9BB , R 10B , R 11B and R 11BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1c and —NR 2c R 2cc ;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; R 17 ; a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —NR 2c R 2cc , Ar, Het 1 or Het 2 ; wherein

R 1c , R 2c , and R 2cc are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(d) L is selected from —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD — and —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD —CR 2D R 2DD —; wherein

R D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from —OR 1d and —NR 2d R 2dd ; wherein

R 1d , R 2d and R 2dd are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 1D , R 1DD , R 2D and R 2DD are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; and

R 3 is selected from the group consisting of

and

wherein

R 3D , R 4D , and R 5D are each independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with a —OH, —OC 1-6 alkyl, or a —NH 2 substituent;

or

(e) -L-R 3 is

wherein

R E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; R 1E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro and C 1-4 alkyl; and R 2E is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OC 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 fluoro substituents; or R 1E and R 2E are bound to the same carbon atom and together form a C 3-5 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; and R 3E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a fluoro or a —CN substituent; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4E and —NR 5E R 5EE ; wherein

R 4E , R 5E and R 5EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, and —C(═O)NR 6E R 6EE ; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 7E and —NR 8E R 8EE ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 6E , R 6EE , R 7E , R 8E and R 8EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(f) -L-R 3 is a radical

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , Het 4 , —O-Het 4 , —NR 5 —Het 4 , —C(═O)—Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 14 , CF 3 , C 3-5 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with —CN, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, Het 4 , —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 2-, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)—Het 4 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , Het 2 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —C(═O)—C 1-6 alkyl, —C(═O)Ar, —C(═O)Het 1 , —C(═O)Het 2 , —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , R 12 and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

wherein

R 12 is C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 7 , R 7′ , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 11″ , R 16 and —C(═O)NR 9 R 9′ ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11′ ; wherein

R 9 , R 9′ , R 10 , R 11 , R 11′ and R 11″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, halo, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl; R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, halo, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents CH 2 , O or NH;

X 2 represents NH or O;

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and Het 4 ;

Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, oxo, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —O—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 17 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of CH 3 , CH 2 F, CHF 2 and CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N or CR y ;

when Y 1 represents N, R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH 3 —OCH 3 , —NH 2 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

when Y 1 represents CR y , R 2 is hydrogen;

R y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, —O—C 1-4 alkyl, or —O—C 3-6 cycloalkyl;

Y 2 is CH 2 or O;

A is —CR 15a R 15b —;

R 15a and R 15b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl;

Q is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 3a and —NR 4a R 4aa ;

R 1A is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and C 2-6 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1a and —NR 2a R 2aa ,

wherein R 1a , R 2a , R 2aa , R 3a , R 4a , and R 4aa are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

or

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —, and —(NR B )—CHR 1B —CHR 2B —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; R 17 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; wherein

R B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1b and —NR 2b R 2bb ; provided that when R 3 is R 17 , R B is hydrogen; wherein

R 1b , R 2b , and R 2bb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

R 1B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halo; C 3-6 cycloalkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, and —CN; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4B and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R 1B and R 1BB together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —OR 6B ; —NR 7B R 7BB ; CF 3 , C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 4B , and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 4B , R 5B , R 5BB , R 6B , R 7B , and R 7BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN and —C(═O)NR 9B R 9BB ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10B and —NR 11B R 11BB ; wherein

R 9B , R 9BB , R 10B , R 11B and R 11BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1c and —NR 2c R 2cc ;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; R 17 ; a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —NR 2c R 2cc , Ar, Het 1 or Het 2 ; wherein

R 1c , R 2c , and R 2cc are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(d) L is selected from —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD — and —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD —CR 2D R 2DD —; wherein

R D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from —OR 1d and —NR 2d R 2dd ; wherein

R 1d , R 2d and R 2dd are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 1D , R 1DD , R 2D and R 2DD are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; and

R 3 is selected from the group consisting of

and

wherein

R 3D , R 4D , and R 5D are each independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with a —OH, —OC 1-6 alkyl, or a —NH 2 substituent;

or

(e) -L-R 3 is

wherein

R E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; R 1E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro and C 1-4 alkyl; and R 2E is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OC 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 fluoro substituents; or R 1E and R 2E are bound to the same carbon atom and together form a C 3-5 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; and R 3E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a fluoro or a —CN substituent; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4E and —NR 5E R 5EE ; wherein

R 4E , R 5E and R 5EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, and —C(═O)NR 6E R 6EE ; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 7E and —NR 8E R 8EE ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 6E , R 6EE , R 7E , R 8E and R 8EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(f) -L-R 3 is a radical

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , Het 4 , —O-Het 4 , —NR 5 —Het 4 , —C(═O)—Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 14 , CF 3 , C 3-5 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with —CN, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, Het 4 , —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 2-, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)—Het 4 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , Het 2 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —C(═O)—C 1-6 alkyl, —C(═O)Ar, —C(═O)Het 1 , —C(═O)Het 2 , —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , R 12 and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

wherein R 12 is C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 7 , R 7′ , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 11′ , R 16 and —C(═O)NR 9 R 9′ ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11′ ; wherein

R 9 , R 9′ , R 10 , R 11 , R 11′ and R 11″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, halo, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl; R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, halo, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents CH 2 , O or NH;

X 2 represents NH or O;

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and Het 4 ;

Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, oxo, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —O—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 17 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of CH 3 , CH 2 F, CHF 2 and CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N;

R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH 3 —OCH 3 , —NH 2 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

Y 2 is CH 2 ;

A is a covalent bond or —CR 15a R 15b —;

R 15a and R 15b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl;

Q is hydrogen;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), or (c):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 3a and —NR 4a R 4aa ;

R 1A is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and C 2-6 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1a and —NR 2a R 2aa ,

wherein R 1a , R 2a , R 2aa , R 3a , R 4a , and R 4aa are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

or

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —, and —(NR B )—CHR 1B —CHR 2B —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; R 17 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; wherein

R B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1b and —NR 2b R 2bb ; provided that when R 3 is R 17 , R B is hydrogen; wherein

R 1b , R 2b , and R 2bb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

R 1B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halo; C 3-6 cycloalkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, and —CN; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4B and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R 1B and R 1BB together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —OR 6B ; —NR 7B R 7BB ; CF 3 , C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 4B , and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 4B , R 5B , R 5BB , R 6B , R 7B , and R 7BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN and —C(═O)NR 9B R 9BB ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10B and —NR 11B R 11BB ; wherein

R 9B , R 9BB , R 10B , R 11B and R 11BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1c and —NR 2c R 2cc ;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; R 17 ; a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —NR 2c R 2cc , Ar, Het 1 or Het 2 ; wherein

R 1c , R 2c , and R 2cc are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , Het 4 , —O-Het 4 , —NR 5 —Het 4 , —C(═O)—Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 14 , CF 3 , C 3-5 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with —CN, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, Het 4 , —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 2-, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)—Het 4 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , Het 2 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —C(═O)—C 1-6 alkyl, —C(═O)Ar, —C(═O)Het 1 , —C(═O)Het 2 , —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , R 12 and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

wherein

R 12 is C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 7 , R 7′ , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 11′ , R 16 and —C(═O)NR 9 R 9′ ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11′ ; wherein

R 9 , R 9′ , R 10 , R 11 , R 11′ and R 11″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, halo, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl; R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, halo, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents CH 2 , O or NH;

X 2 represents NH or O;

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and Het 4 ;

Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, oxo, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —O—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 17 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of CH 3 , CH 2 F, CHF 2 and CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N;

R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH 3 —OCH 3 , —NH 2 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

Y 2 is CH 2 ;

A is a covalent bond;

Q is hydrogen;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), or (c):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 3a and —NR 4a R 4aa ;

R 1A is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and C 2-6 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1a and —NR 2a R 2aa ,

wherein R 1a , R 2a , R 2aa , R 3a , R 4a , and R 4aa are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

or

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —, and —(NR B )—CHR 1B —CHR 2B —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; R 17 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; wherein

R B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1b and —NR 2b R 2bb ; provided that when R 3 is R 17 , R B is hydrogen; wherein

R 1b , R 2b , and R 2bb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

R 1B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halo; C 3-6 cycloalkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, and —CN; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4B and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R 1B and R 1BB together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —OR 6B ; —NR 7B R 7BB ; CF 3 , C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 4B , and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 4B , R 5B , R 5BB , R 6B , R 7B , and R 7BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN and —C(═O)NR 9B R 9BB ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10B and —NR 11B R 11BB ; wherein

R 9B , R 9BB , R 10B , R 11B and R 11BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1c and —NR 2c R 2cc ;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; R 17 ; a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —NR 2c R 2cc , Ar, Het 1 or Het 2 ; wherein

R 1c , R 2c , and R 2cc are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , Het 4 , —O-Het 4 , —NR 5 —Het 4 , —C(═O)—Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 14 , CF 3 , C 3-5 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with —CN, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, Het 4 , —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 2-, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)—Het 4 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , Het 2 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —C(═O)—C 1-6 alkyl, —C(═O)Ar, —C(═O)Het 1 , —C(═O)Het 2 , —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , R 12 and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

wherein

R 12 is C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 7 , R 7′ , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 11″ , R 16 and —C(═O)NR 9 R 9′ ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11′ ; wherein

R 9 , R 9′ , R 10 , R 11 , R 11′ and R 11″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, halo, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl; R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, halo, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents CH 2 , O or NH;

X 2 represents NH or O;

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and Het 4 ;

Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, oxo, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —O—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 17 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N;

R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OCH 3 , —NH 2 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

Y 2 is CH 2 ;

A is a covalent bond or —CR 15a R 15b —;

R 15a and R 15b are hydrogen;

Q is hydrogen;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), or (c):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; or C 1-4 alkyl;

R 1A is C 1-6 alkyl;

or

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, and —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; and R 17 ; wherein

R B is hydrogen; R 1B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C 1-4 alkyl; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R 1B and R 1BB together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ar; Het 3 ; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with Het 2 ;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , Het 4 , —O-Het 4 , —NR 5 —Het 4 , —C(═O)—Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 14 , CF 3 , C 3-5 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with —CN, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het 4 , —CN, —OR 6 , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, and pyrazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —OR 4 , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)—Het 4 , and C 1-4 alkyl; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro; wherein

R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, and R 16 ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11′ ; wherein

R 10 , R 11 , and R 11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl substituents; R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl substituents;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents CH 2 , O or NH;

X 2 represents NH or O;

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and Het 4 ;

Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, oxo, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —O—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 17 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more —NR 5 R 5 substituents;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N;

R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OCH 3 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

Y 2 is CH 2 ;

A is a covalent bond or —CR 15a R 15b —;

R 15a and R 15b are hydrogen;

Q is hydrogen;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), or (c):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is C 1-4 alkyl;

R 1A is C 1-6 alkyl;

or

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, and —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 3 ; and R 17 ; wherein

R B is hydrogen; R 1B is hydrogen; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ar; Het 3 ; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with Het 2 ;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , Het 4 , —O-Het 4 , —NR 5 —Het 4 , —C(═O)—Het 4 , R 14 , CF 3 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two —CN substituents;

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, and pyrazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl;

wherein

R 4 , R 5 , and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a R 16 substituent; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11′ ; wherein

R 10 , R 11 , and R 11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C 1-4 alkyl; R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents O or NH;

X 2 represents NH;

X 3 represents NH;

X 4 represents N;

X 5 represents CH;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three cyano substituents;

Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three C 1-4 alkyl substituents;

R 17 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more —NR 5 R 5 substituents;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof wherein

R 1 is CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N;

R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OCH 3 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

Y 2 is CH 2 ;

A is a covalent bond;

Q is hydrogen;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), or (c):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is C 1-4 alkyl;

R 1A is C 1-6 alkyl;

or

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, and —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 3 ; and R 17 ; wherein

R B is hydrogen; R 1B is hydrogen; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ar; Het 3 ; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with Het 2 ;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , Het 4 , —O-Het 4 , —NR 5 —Het 4 , R 14 , CF 3 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two —CN substituents;

wherein

R 4 , R 5 , and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11′ and R 16 ; wherein R 10 , R 11 , and R 11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C 1-4 alkyl; R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur; R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents O or NH;

X 2 represents NH;

wherein one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1), including suitable N-atoms in the definition of X 1 and X 2 , might be substituted with one C 1-4 alkyl group;

Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three C 1-4 alkyl substituents;

R 17 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more —NR 5 R 5 substituents;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N;

R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OCH 3 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

Y 2 is CH 2 ;

A is a covalent bond;

Q is hydrogen;

-L-R 3 is (b):

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, and —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar and Het 3 ; wherein R B is hydrogen; R 1B is hydrogen; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OR 4 , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , Het 4 , —O-Het 4 , —NR 5 —Het 4 , R 14 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two —CN substituents;

wherein

R 4 , R 5 , and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11′ and R 16 ; wherein R 10 , R 11 , and R 11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C 1-4 alkyl; wherein R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur; R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents O or NH;

X 2 represents NH;

wherein one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1), including suitable N-atoms in the definition of X 1 and X 2 , might be substituted with one C 1-4 alkyl group;

Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is substituted with one, two, or three C 1-4 alkyl substituents;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of CH 3 , CH 2 F, CHF 2 and CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N or CR y ;

when Y 1 represents N, R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH 3 —OCH 3 , —NH 2 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

when Y 1 represents CR y , R 2 is hydrogen;

R y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, —O—C 1-4 alkyl, or —O—C 3-6 cycloalkyl;

Y 2 is CH 2 or O;

A is a covalent bond or —CR 15a R 15b —;

R 15a and R 15b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl;

Q is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 3a and —NR 4a R 4aa ;

R 1A is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and C 2-6 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1a and —NR 2a R 2aa ,

wherein R 1a , R 2a , R 2aa , R 3a , R 4a , and R 4aa are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

or

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —, and —(NR B )—CHR 1B —CHR 2B —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; wherein

R B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1b and —NR 2b R 2bb ; wherein

R 1b , R 2b , and R 2bb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

R 1B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halo; C 3-6 cycloalkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, and —CN; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4B and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R 1B and R 1BB together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —OR 6B ; —NR 7B R 7BB ; CF 3 , C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 4B , and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 4B , R 5B , R 5BB , R 6B , R 7B , and R 7BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN and —C(═O)NR 9B R 9BB ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10B and —NR 11B R 11BB ; wherein

R 9B , R 9BB , R 10B , R 11B and R 11BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1c and —NR 2c R 2cc ;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —NR 2c R 2cc , Ar, Het 1 or Het 2 ; wherein

R 1c , R 2c , and R 2cc are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(d) L is selected from —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD — and —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD —CR 2D R 2DD —; wherein

R D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from —OR 1d and —NR 2d R 2dd ; wherein

R 1d , R 2d and R 2dd are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 1D , R 1DD , R 2D and R 2DD are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; and

R 3 is selected from the group consisting of

and

wherein

R 3D , R 4D , and R 5D are each independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with a —OH, —OC 1-6 alkyl, or a —NH 2 substituent;

or

(e) -L-R 3 is

wherein

R E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; R 1E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro and C 1-4 alkyl; and R 2E is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OC 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 fluoro substituents; or R 1E and R 2E are bound to the same carbon atom and together form a C 3-5 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; and R 3E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a fluoro or a —CN substituent; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4E and —NR 5E R 5EE ; wherein

R 4E , R 5E and R 5EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, and —C(═O)NR 6E R 6EE ; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 7E and —NR 8E R 8EE ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 6E , R 6EE , R 7E , R 8E and R 8EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(f) -L-R 3 is a radical

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5 , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 14 , CF 3 , C 3-5 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with —CN, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 2-, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , Het 2 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —C(═O)—C 1-6 alkyl, —C(═O)Ar, —C(═O)Het 1 , —C(═O)Het 2 , —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , R 12 and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

wherein

R 12 is C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 7 , R 7′ , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 11′ , R 16 and —C(═O)NR 9 R 9′ ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11′ ; wherein

R 9 , R 9′ , R 10 , R 11 , R 11′ and R 11″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, halo, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl; R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, halo, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents CH 2 , O or NH;

X 2 represents NH or O;

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, and —C(═O)NR 5 R 5 ;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of CH 3 , CH 2 F, CHF 2 and CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N or CR y ;

when Y 1 represents N, R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH 3 . —OCH 3 , —NH 2 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

when Y 1 represents CR y , R 2 is hydrogen;

R y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, —O—C 1-4 alkyl, or —O—C 3-6 cycloalkyl;

Y 2 is CH 2 or O;

A is a covalent bond or —CR 15a R 15b —;

R 15a and R 15b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl;

Q is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 3a and —NR 4a R 4aa ;

R 1A is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and C 2-6 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1a and —NR 2a R 2aa ,

wherein R 1a , R 2a , R 2aa , R 3a , R 4a , and R 4aa are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

or

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —, and —(NR B )—CHR 1B —CHR 2B —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; wherein

R B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1b and —NR 2b R 2bb ; wherein

R 1b , R 2b , and R 2bb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

R 1B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halo; C 3-6 cycloalkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, and —CN; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4B and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R 1B and R 1BB together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —OR 6B ; —NR 7B R 7BB ; CF 3 , C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 4B , and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 4B , R 5B , R 5BB , R 6B , R 7B , and R 7BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN and —C(═O)NR 9B R 9BB ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10B and —NR 11B R 11BB ; wherein

R 9B , R 9BB , R 10B , R 11B and R 11BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1c and —NR 2c R 2cc ;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —NR 2c R 2cc , Ar, Het 1 or Het 2 ; wherein

R 1c , R 2c , and R 2cc are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(d) L is selected from —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD — and —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD —CR 2D R 2DD —; wherein

R D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from —OR 1d and —NR 2d R 2dd ; wherein

R 1d , R 2d and R 2dd are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 1D , R 1DD , R 2D and R 2DD are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; and

R 3 is selected from the group consisting of

and

wherein R 3D , R 4D , and R 5D are each independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with a —OH, —OC 1-6 alkyl, or a —NH 2 substituent;

or

(e) -L-R 3 is

wherein

R E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; R 1E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro and C 1-4 alkyl; and R 2E is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OC 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 fluoro substituents; or R 1E and R 2E are bound to the same carbon atom and together form a C 3-5 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; and R 3E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a fluoro or a —CN substituent; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4E and —NR 5E R 5EE ; wherein

R 4E , R 5E and R 5EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, and —C(═O)NR 6E R 6EE ; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 7E and —NR 8E R 8EE ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 6E , R 6EE , R 7E , R 8E and R 8EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(f) -L-R 3 is a radical

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , R 14 , CF 3 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , Het 2 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —C(═O)—C 1-6 alkyl, —C(═O)Ar, —C(═O)Het 1 , —C(═O)Het 2 , —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , R 12 and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

wherein

R 12 is C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 7 , R 7′ , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 11″ and —C(═O)NR 9 R 9′ ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11 ; wherein

R 9 , R 9′ , R 10 , R 11 , R 11′ and R 11″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents CH 2 , O or NH;

X 2 represents NH or O;

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three halo atoms;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of CH 3 , CH 2 F, CHF 2 and CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N or CR y ;

when Y 1 represents N, R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH 3 , —OCH 3 , —NH 2 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

when Y 1 represents CR y , R 2 is hydrogen;

R y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, —O—C 1-4 alkyl, or —O—C 3-6 cycloalkyl;

Y 2 is CH 2 or O;

A is a covalent bond;

Q is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 3a and —NR 4a R 4aa ;

R 1A is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and C 2-6 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1a and —NR 2a R 2aa ,

wherein R 1a , R 2a , R 2aa , R 3a , R 4a , and R 4aa are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

or

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —, and —(NR B )—CHR 1B —CHR 2B —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; wherein

R B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1b and —NR 2b R 2bb ; wherein

R 1b , R 2b , and R 2bb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

R 1B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halo; C 3-6 cycloalkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, and —CN; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4B and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R 1B and R 1BB together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —OR 6B ; —NR 7B R 7BB ; CF 3 , C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 4B , and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 4B , R 5B , R 5BB , R 6B , R 7B , and R 7BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN and —C(═O)NR 9B R 9BB ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10B and —NR 11B R 11BB ; wherein

R 9B , R 9BB , R 10B , R 11B and R 11BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1c and —NR 2c R 2cc ;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —NR 2c R 2cc , Ar, Het 1 or Het 2 ; wherein

R 1c , R 2c , and R 2cc are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(d) L is selected from —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD — and —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD —CR 2D R 2DD —; wherein

R D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from —OR 1d and —NR 2d R 2dd ; wherein

R 1d , R 2d and R 2dd are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 1D , R 1DD , R 2D and R 2DD are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; and

R 3 is selected from the group consisting of

and

wherein

R 3D , R 4D , and R 5D are each independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with a —OH, —OC 1-6 alkyl, or a —NH 2 substituent;

or

(e) -L-R 3 is

wherein

R E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; R 1E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro and C 1-4 alkyl; and R 2E is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OC 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 fluoro substituents; or R 1E and R 2E are bound to the same carbon atom and together form a C 3-5 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; and R 3E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a fluoro or a —CN substituent; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4E and —NR 5E R 5EE ; wherein

R 4E , R 5E and R 5EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, and —C(═O)NR 6E R 6EE ; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 7E and —NR 8E R 8EE ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 6E , R 6EE , R 7E , R 8E and R 8EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(f) -L-R 3 is a radical

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , R 14 , CF 3 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , Het 2 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —C(═O)—C 1-6 alkyl, —C(═O)Ar, —C(═O)Het 1 , —C(═O)Het 2 , —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , R 12 and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

wherein

R 12 is C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 7 , R 7′ , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 11″ and —C(═O)NR 9 R 9′ ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11 ; wherein

R 9 , R 9′ , R 10 , R 11 , R 11′ and R 11″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents CH 2 , O or NH;

X 2 represents NH or O;

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three halo atoms;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is selected from the group consisting of CH 3 , CH 2 F, CHF 2 and CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N or CR y ;

when Y 1 represents N, R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH 3 . —OCH 3 , —NH 2 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

when Y 1 represents CR y , R 2 is hydrogen;

R y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, —O—C 1-4 alkyl, or —O—C 3-6 cycloalkyl;

Y 2 is CH 2 or O;

A is —CR 15a R 15b —;

R 15a and R 15b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl; in particular R 15a and R 15b are hydrogen;

Q is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 3a and —NR 4a R 4aa ;

R 1A is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and C 2-6 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1a and —NR 2a R 2aa ,

wherein R 1a , R 2a , R 2aa , R 3a , R 4a , and R 4aa are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

or

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —, and —(NR B )—CHR 1B —CHR 2B —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; wherein

R B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1b and —NR 2b R 2bb ; wherein

R 1b , R 2b , and R 2bb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl and cyclopropyl;

R 1B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halo; C 3-6 cycloalkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, hydroxy, and —CN; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4B and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R 1B and R 1BB together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —OR 6B ; —NR 7B R 7BB ; CF 3 , C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 4B , and —NR 5B R 5BB ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 4B , R 5B , R 5BB , R 6B , R 7B , and R 7BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN and —C(═O)NR 9B R 9BB ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10B and —NR 11B R 11BB ; wherein

R 9B , R 9BB , R 10B , R 11B and R 11BB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; cyclopropyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1c and —NR 2c R 2cc ;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —NR 2c R 2cc , Ar, Het 1 or Het 2 ; wherein

R 1c , R 2c , and R 2cc are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(d) L is selected from —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD — and —N(R D )—CR 1D R 1DD —CR 2D R 2DD —; wherein

R D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro and —CN; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from —OR 1d and —NR 2d R 2dd ; wherein

R 1d , R 2d and R 2dd are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 1D , R 1DD , R 2D and R 2DD are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; and

R 3 is selected from the group consisting of

and

wherein

R 3D , R 4D , and R 5D are each independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with a —OH, —OC 1-6 alkyl, or a —NH 2 substituent;

or

(e) -L-R 3 is

wherein

R E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; R 1E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro and C 1-4 alkyl; and R 2E is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —OC 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 fluoro substituents; or R 1E and R 2E are bound to the same carbon atom and together form a C 3-5 cycloalkyl or a C-linked 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing an oxygen atom; and R 3E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a fluoro or a —CN substituent; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 4E and —NR 5E R 5EE ; wherein

R 4E , R 5E and R 5EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, and —C(═O)NR 6E R 6EE ; C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 7E and —NR 8E R 8EE ; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; wherein

R 6E , R 6EE , R 7E , R 8E and R 8EE are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

or

(f) -L-R 3 is a radical

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , R 14 , CF 3 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , Het 2 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —C(═O)—C 1-6 alkyl, —C(═O)Ar, —C(═O)Het 1 , —C(═O)Het 2 , —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , R 12 and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

wherein

R 12 is C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom; R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 7 , R 7′ , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 11″ and —C(═O)NR 9 R 9′ ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11′ ; wherein

R 9 , R 9′ , R 10 , R 11 , R 11′ and R 11″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and C-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents CH 2 , O or NH;

X 2 represents NH or O;

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three halo atoms;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N;

R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH 3 and —NH 2 ;

Y 2 is CH 2 ;

A is a covalent bond or —CR 15a R 15b —;

R 15a and R 15b are hydrogen;

Q is hydrogen;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), (c):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is hydrogen;

R 1A is C 1-6 alkyl;

or

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, and —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; and Het 3 ; wherein

R B is hydrogen; R 1B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; or R 1B and R 1BB together with the carbon to which they are attached form a C 3-6 cycloalkyl;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with Het 2 ;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , R 14 , CF 3 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a —CN substituent;

Het 1 is pyrazolyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three C 1-4 alkyl substituents; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl;

wherein

R 5 and R 5′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; and C 1-4 alkyl; R 14 is pyrazolyl, in particular pyrazolyl attached to the remainder of the molecule via a C-atom;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents O or NH;

X 2 represents NH;

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three halo atoms;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N;

R 2 is hydrogen;

Y 2 is CH 2 ;

A is a covalent bond or —CR 15a R 15b —;

R 15a and R 15b are hydrogen;

Q is hydrogen;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), (c):

(a) -L-R 3 is —NR A R 1A , wherein

R A is hydrogen;

R 1A is C 1-6 alkyl;

or (b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, and —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; and Het 3 ; wherein R B is hydrogen; R 1B is hydrogen; and R 1BB is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl;

or

(c) -L-R 3 is selected from the group consisting of —N(R C )—COR 5C ; and —N(R C )—SO 2 —R 13C wherein

R C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl;

R 5C and R 13C are each independently selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het; and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with Het 2 ;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , R 14 , CF 3 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a —CN substituent;

Het 1 is pyrazolyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three C 1-4 alkyl substituents; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl;

wherein

R 5 and R 5′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; and C 1-4 alkyl; R 14 is pyrazolyl, in particular pyrazolyl attached to the remainder of the molecule via a C-atom;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1) and (b-2):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents O or NH;

X 2 represents NH;

X 3 represents NH;

X 4 represents N;

X 5 represents CH;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is CF 3 ;

Y 1 is N;

R 2 is hydrogen;

Y 2 is CH 2 ;

A is a covalent bond;

Q is hydrogen;

-L-R 3 is (b):

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, and —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar and Het 3 ; wherein R B is hydrogen; R 1B is hydrogen; and R 1BB is hydrogen;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with a C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a —CN substituent;

Het 3 is (b-1):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents O;

X 2 represents NH;

n1 is 1;

n2 and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

R 1 is CF 3 ;

Y 1 is CR y ;

R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OCH 3 , and —NH—CH 3 ;

R y is hydrogen;

Y 2 is CH 2 ;

A is a covalent bond;

Q is hydrogen;

-L-R 3 is (b):

(b) L is selected from the group consisting of —N(R B )—, and —N(R B )—CR 1B R 1BB —; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; and Het 3 ; wherein R B is hydrogen; R 1B is hydrogen; and R 1BB is hydrogen;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OR 4 , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , Het 4 , —O-Het 4 , —NR 5 —Het 4 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two —CN substituents;

Het 1 is pyridyl, which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three —C(═O)NR 5 R 5 substituents;

wherein

R 4 , R 5 , and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl substituted with a R 16 substituent; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11′ ; wherein

R 10 , R 11 , and R 11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and C 1-4 alkyl; R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents O or NH;

X 2 represents NH;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1), including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 and X 2 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three cyano substituents;

Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three C 1-4 alkyl substituents;

n1, n2, and m1 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

m2 is 0 or 1;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments wherein

R 1 is CF 3 ;

R 2 is hydrogen;

Y 1 is N;

Y 2 is CH 2 .

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments wherein

R 1 is CF 3 ;

R 2 is hydrogen;

Y 1 is N.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments wherein A is a covalent bond.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments wherein A is —CR 15a R 15b —.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments wherein A is —CR 15a R 15b —; R 15a and R 15b are hydrogen.

Another embodiment of the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments wherein R 15a and R 15b are hydrogen.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), (c), (d), or (e).

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein -L-R 3 is (a).

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein -L-R 3 is (b).

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein -L-R 3 is (c).

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein-L-R 3 is (d).

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein -L-R 3 is (e).

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein -L-R 3 is (f).

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein -L-R 3 is (b);

R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 3 ; R 17 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , Het 4 , —O-Het 4 , —NR 5 —Het 4 , —C(═O)—Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 14 , CF 3 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 7 , R 7′ , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 11′ , and —C(═O)NR 9 R 9′ ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11′ and R 16 ; wherein

R 9 , R 9′ , R 10 , R 11 , R 11′ and R 11″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents O or NH;

X 2 represents NH;

wherein one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable N-atoms in the definition of X 1 and X 2 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups;

Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three C 1-4 alkyl substituents;

R 17 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ .

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein -L-R 3 is (b);

R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 3 ; R 17 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , Het 4 , —O-Het 4 , —NR 5 —Het 4 , —C(═O)—Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —Het 4 , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 14 , CF 3 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 7 , R 7′ , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 11″ , and —C(═O)NR 9 R 9′ ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 , —NR 11 R 11 and R 16 ; wherein

R 9 , R 9′ , R 10 , R 11 , R 11′ and R 11″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; R 16 is N-linked 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1, 2 or 3 additional heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur;

Het 3 is selected from the group consisting of formula (b-1):

Ring B is phenyl;

X 1 represents O or NH;

X 2 represents NH; wherein one N-atom in the 5-membered ring of (b-1) or (b-2), including suitable N-atoms in the definition of X 1 and X 2 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups;

Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is substituted with one, two, or three C 1-4 alkyl substituents;

R 17 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ .

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein -L-R 3 is (b); R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein -L-R 3 is (b); R 3 is Ar.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein -L-R 3 is (b); R 3 is Ar;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, CF 3 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ .

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein -L-R 3 is (b);

R 3 is Ar;

Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, CF 3 , and

C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

R 4 , R 5 , R 5′ , R 6 , R 7 , R 7′ , R 8 and R 8′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl; —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl; C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —C(═O)—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 11′ , and —C(═O)NR 9 R 9′ ; and C 2-4 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 10 and —NR 11 R 11 ; wherein

R 9 , R 9′ , R 10 , R 11 , R 11′ and R 11″ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-4 alkyl; and —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein n1 is 2, n2 is 1, m1 is 1, and m2 is 0.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein n1 is 1, n2 is 1, m1 is 1, and m2 is 1.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 2 is morpholinyl, in particular 1-morpholinyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 2 is morpholinyl, in particular 1-morpholinyl;

optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 2 is a monocyclic non-aromatic heterocyclyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 2 is a monocyclic non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 2 is a bicyclic non-aromatic heterocyclyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 2 is a bicyclic non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 3 is selected from

wherein X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 are defined as in any of the other embodiments, and which might be substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 3 is selected from

X 1 represents CH 2 , O or NH;

X 2 represents NH or O;

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring, including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and Het 4 .

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 3 is selected from

wherein X 1 and X 2 are defined as in any of the other embodiments, and which might be substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 3 is selected from

X 1 represents CH 2 , O or NH;

X 2 represents NH or O;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring, including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 1 and X 2 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and Het 4 .

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 3 is selected from

wherein X 3 , X 4 and X 5 are defined as in any of the other embodiments, and which might be substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 3 is selected from

X 3 represents NH or O;

X 4 represents CH or N;

X 5 represents CH or N;

wherein one C-atom or one N-atom in the 5-membered ring, including suitable C-atoms and N-atoms in the definition of X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , might be substituted with one or where possible two C 1-4 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and Het 4 .

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 4 is always substituted.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 4 is a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic heterocyclyl containing at least one nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, wherein said heterocyclyl is substituted with one, two, or three C 1-4 alkyl substituents.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 4 is morpholinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or oxazolidinyl; in particular 1-morpholinyl, 1-imidazolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl or 3-oxazolidinyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 4 is morpholinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or oxazolidinyl; in particular 1-morpholinyl, 1-imidazolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl or 3-oxazolidinyl; each of which may be optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 4 is morpholinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or oxazolidinyl; in particular 1-morpholinyl, 1-imidazolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl or 3-oxazolidinyl; each of which is substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, oxo, —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —O—C 1-4 alkyl, —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with —O—C 1-4 alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —NR 5 R 5′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl, R 14 , CF 3 , C 3-5 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with —CN, and

C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , —S(═O) 2 —C 1-4 alkyl and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 2-, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , Het 2 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ .

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Q is hydrogen.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Q is hydrogen when A is —CR 15a R 15b —;

Q is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with phenyl, when A is a covalent bond.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 2-, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)—Het 4 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , Het 2a , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —C(═O)—C 1-6 alkyl, —C(═O)Ar, —C(═O)Het 1a , —C(═O)Het 2a , —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , R 12 and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ;

Het 1a is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 2-, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl;

Het 2a is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Het 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, 2-, 4-, 5- or 6-pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, and isoxazolyl; each of which may be optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)NR 5 R 5′ , —C(═O)—Het 4 , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ ; and

Het 2 is a non-aromatic heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —CN, —C(═O)—C 1-6 alkyl, —C(═O)Ar, —OR 4 , —NR 5 R 5′ , and C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of fluoro, —CN, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 7′ , R 12 and —C(═O)NR 8 R 8′ .

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Q is hydrogen when R 15a and R 15b are C 1-4 alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein when -L-R 3 is (b); R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 3 ; R 17 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein when -L-R 3 is (b); R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein when -L-R 3 is (b); R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 3 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein when -L-R 3 is (b); R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; R 17 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein when -L-R 3 is (b); R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein -L-R 3 is (b); and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 3 ; R 17 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein -L-R 3 is (b); R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 2 ; Het 3 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein -L-R 3 is (b); and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of Ar; Het 1 ; Het 3 ; and a 7- to 10-membered saturated spirocarbobicyclic system.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R 14 is a 5-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing at least one nitrogen atom, and optionally 1 additional heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

X 1 represents O or NH;

X 2 represents NH;

X 3 represents NH;

X 4 represents N;

X 5 represents CH.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

X 1 represents O or NH.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein A is a covalent bond;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), or (c).

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

A is —CR 15a R 15b —;

R 15a and R 15b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl;

-L-R 3 is selected from (a), (b), or (c).

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein A is restricted to a covalent bond, hereby named compounds of Formula (I-x):

wherein all variables are as defined for the compounds of Formula (I) or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein A is restricted to —CR 15a R 15b —, hereby named compounds of Formula (I-xx):

wherein all variables are as defined for the compounds of Formula (I) or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the compounds of Formula (I) are restricted to compounds of Formula (I-y):

wherein all variables are as defined for the compounds of Formula (I) or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the compounds of Formula (I) are restricted to compounds of Formula (I-z):

wherein all variables are as defined for the compounds of Formula (I) or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of any of the exemplified compounds, tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the free bases, any pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts, and the solvates thereof.

All possible combinations of the above indicated embodiments are considered to be embraced within the scope of the invention.

Methods for the Preparation of Compounds of Formula (I)

In this section, as in all other sections unless the context indicates otherwise, references to Formula (I) also include all other sub-groups and examples thereof as defined herein.

The general preparation of some typical examples of the compounds of Formula (I) is described hereunder and in the specific examples, and are generally prepared from starting materials which are either commercially available or prepared by standard synthetic processes commonly used by those skilled in the art. The following schemes are only meant to represent examples of the invention and are in no way meant to be a limit of the invention.

Alternatively, compounds of the present invention may also be prepared by analogous reaction protocols as described in the general schemes below, combined with standard synthetic processes commonly used by those skilled in the art of organic chemistry.

The skilled person will realize that in the reactions described in the Schemes, although this is not always explicitly shown, it may be necessary to protect reactive functional groups (for example hydroxy, amino, or carboxy groups) where these are desired in the final product, to avoid their unwanted participation in the reactions. For example in Scheme 1, the NH moiety on intermediate (III) can be protected with a tert-butoxycarbonyl protecting group. In general, conventional protecting groups can be used in accordance with standard practice. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art. This is illustrated in the specific examples.

The skilled person will realize that in the reactions described in the Schemes, it may be advisable or necessary to perform the reaction under an inert atmosphere, such as for example under N 2 -gas atmosphere.

It will be apparent for the skilled person that it may be necessary to cool the reaction mixture before reaction work-up (refers to the series of manipulations required to isolate and purify the product(s) of a chemical reaction such as for example quenching, column chromatography, extraction).

The skilled person will realize that heating the reaction mixture under stirring may enhance the reaction outcome. In some reactions microwave heating may be used instead of conventional heating to shorten the overall reaction time.

The skilled person will realize that another sequence of the chemical reactions shown in the Schemes below, may also result in the desired compound of Formula (I).

The skilled person will realize that intermediates and final compounds shown in the Schemes below may be further functionalized according to methods well-known by the person skilled in the art. The intermediates and compounds described herein can be isolated in free form or as a salt.

Schemes 1-16 relate in particular to compounds/intermediates wherein variable ‘A’ is a covalent bond.

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is restricted to H or Me (methyl) and Y 1 is restricted to N and C—CN, wherein R 1A is selected from the group consisting of C 0-5 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and C 1-5 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1a and —NR 2a R 2aa , and wherein all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention, hereby named compounds of Formula (I-a) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 1. In Scheme 1, LG 1 and LG 2 each represent a suitable leaving group, such as for example halo (a suitable halogen) or methanesulfonyl; PG 1 represents a suitable protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl; R 1A -PG 2 represents an R 1A as defined in Formula (I) with an appropriate protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl, all other variables in Scheme 1 are defined according to the scope of the present invention.

In Scheme 1, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature such as ranged from rt to 90° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or isopropanol or ethanol (EtOH) or dichloromethane (DCM);

2: when PG 1 is tert-butyloxycarbonyl, at a suitable temperature range such as for example from 0° C. to room temperature, in the presence of suitable cleavage conditions, such as for example an acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile or DCM or methanol (MeOH); Alternatively, at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature in a suitable solvent such as acetic acid

3: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature or 90° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium carbonate or 1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO);

4: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature or 90° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium carbonate or 1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or DMSO;

5: at a suitable reaction temperature range such as for example from 0° C. to room temperature, in the presence of suitable cleavage conditions, such as for example an acid such as HCl or trifluoroactic acid in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile or DCM when PG 2 is tert-butyloxycarbonyl.

6: at a suitable temperature, for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example sodium triacetoxyborohydride (NaBH(OAc) 3 ), decaborane, or sodium borohydride in a suitable solvent such as DCM, DCE, Methanol or tetrahydropyran, with or without a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid;

8: at a suitable temperature such as for example at 90° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or isopropanol or DCM. In step 8, reagents of Formula (XI) are either commercially available, prepared according to scheme 3 by methods known to the skilled person from commercially available starting materials, e.g. by appropriate protection/deprotection steps and functional group interconversion, from starting materials, such as 2-Azaspiro[4.5]decane-2-carboxylic acid, 8-amino-, 1,1-dimethylethyl ester (CAS [1363381-61-6]).

Intermediates of Formula (II), wherein R 2 is methyl and Y 1 is N, hereby named intermediate of Formula (XIII) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 2, wherein LG 1 represents a suitable leaving group, such as for example halo or methanesulfonyl. All other variables in Scheme 2 are defined according to the scope of the present invention.

In Scheme 2, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature such as for example at reflux temperature, in the presence of acetic anhydride and a suitable base such as for example trimethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example toluene;

2: at a suitable temperature such as for example at reflux temperature, in the presence of

a suitable base such as potassium hydroxide, in a suitable solvent such as for example EtOH;

3: under suitable reaction conditions to form a leaving group, such as for example, chloro, for example by reaction with phosphoryl trichloride at a suitable temperature such as 110° C.

Intermediates of Formula (III) and (XI), wherein PG 3 is a suitable protective group, orthogonal to PG 1 , such as for example a benzyloxycarbonyl, can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 3. All other variables in Scheme 3 are defined as above or according to the scope of the present invention.

In Scheme 3, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature for example 80° C., in a suitable solvent such as EtOH or tetrahydrofuran (THF);

2: in case Q is different than hydrogen, at a suitable temperature such as for example 0° C., in the presence of a suitable organolithium (Q-Li) or Grignard (Q-Mg-halo) reagents that are either commercially available or can be prepared by methods known to the skilled person, in a suitable solvent such as for example THF;

Alternatively, in case Q is a hydrogen, at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent such as for example sodium triacetoxyborohydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example THF or MeOH; In case Q is a hydrogen, step 1 and 2 can be performed at the same time;

3a: at a suitable temperature, for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example sodium triacetoxyborohydride (NaBH(OAc) 3 ), decaborane, or sodium borohydride in a suitable solvent such as DCM, DCE, Methanol or tetrahydropyran, with or without a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid;

3: at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable base such as for example diisopropylamine, in a suitable solvent such as DCM;

4: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as for example palladium on carbon (Pd/C), in the presence of a suitable atmosphere of hydrogen, in a suitable solvent such as for example EtOH or a mixture of EtOH and THF;

Alternatively, when Q is restricted to hydrogen, intermediates of formula (III) and (XI), hereby named intermediate of Formula (IIIa) and (XIa) can also be prepared according to scheme 4.

In Scheme 4, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature, for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example sodium triacetoxyborohydride (NaBH(OAc) 3 ), decaborane or sodium borohydride in a suitable solvent such as for example DCM, DCE, methanol or tetrahydropyran, with or without a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid;

2: at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable base such as for example diisopropylamine, in a suitable solvent such as DCM;

3: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as for example Pd/C, in the presence of a suitable atmosphere of hydrogen, in a suitable solvent such as for example EtOH or a mixture of EtOH and THF;

Intermediates of Formula (II), wherein R 2 is H, and Y 1 is C—CN, hereby named intermediate of Formula (XXVIII) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 5.

In Scheme 5, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature such as for example 135° C.;

2: at a suitable temperature such as for example 40° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example lithium hydroxide, in a suitable solvent such as for example a mixture of THF and water;

3: at a suitable temperature such as for example 135%, in a suitable acid such polyphosphoric acid (PPA);

4: at a suitable temperature such as for example 40° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example sodium hydroxide, in a suitable solvent such as for example a mixture of MeOH and water;

5: a) at a suitable temperature such as for example 70° C., in the presence of a suitable chlorinating reagent such as for example oxalyl chloride, a catalytic amount of dimethylformamide, in a suitable solvent such as for example chloroform;

b) at a suitable temperature such as for example 25° C., in the presence of ammoniac, in a suitable solvent such as for example DCM;

6: at a suitable temperature such as for example 0° C., in the presence of a suitable reagent such as for example trifluoroacetic anhydride, a suitable base such as for example triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example DCM;

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is restricted to H or Me, and Y 1 is restricted to N and C—CN, wherein R 1A′ is selected from the group consisting of C 0-5 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and C 1-5 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1a and —NR 2a R 2aa , and wherein all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention, hereby named compounds of Formula (Ib), (Ica) and (Icb), can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 1. In Scheme 6, LG 2 each represent a suitable leaving group, such as for example halo or methanesulfonyl; PG 1 represents a suitable protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl; All other variables in Scheme 1 are defined according to the scope of the present invention.

In Scheme 6, the following reaction conditions apply.

1: at a suitable temperature such as for example 70° C., in the presence of a suitable chlorinating reagent such as for example oxalyl chloride, a catalytic amount of dimethylformamide, in a suitable solvent such as for example chloroform;

2: at a suitable temperature such as ranged from rt to 90° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or isopropanol or EtOH or DCM;

3: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable acid such as for example trifluoroacetic acid, in a suitable solvent such as for example DCM;

4: at a suitable temperature, for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example NaBH(OAc) 3 , decaborane or sodium borohydride in a suitable solvent such as DCM, DCE, methanol or tetrahydropyran, with or without a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid;

5: at a suitable temperature such as for example −78° C., in the presence of a suitable reducing agent such as for example diisobutylaluminium hydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example DCM;

6: at a suitable temperature such as for example 0° C., in the presence of a suitable deprotonating agent such as for example sodium hydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example THF or dimethylformamide;

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is restricted to H or Me and Y 1 is restricted to N and C—CN, and wherein all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention, hereby named compounds of Formula (Id), (Ie) and (If) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 7. In Scheme 7, LG 2 represent a suitable leaving group, such as for example halo or methanesulfonyl;

Someone skilled in the art will recognize that intermediate (Vc) can be prepared following a similar pathway than the one use for the preparation of intermediate (V) and reported in scheme 1.

In Scheme 7, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature, for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example NaBH(OAc) 3 , decaborane or sodium borohydride in a suitable solvent such as DCM, DCE, methanol or tetrahydropyran, with or without a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid;

Or alternatively and successively

a) at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature or 45° C., in the presence of titanium (IV) ethoxide or titanium (IV) isopropoxide, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydropyrane, DCE or a mixture of DCE and MeOH;

b) at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducting agent such as for example sodium borohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydropyrane, DCE or a mixture of DCE and MeOH; Steps a and b can be performed as a one-pot procedure.

2: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature or 90° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium carbonate or 1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or DMSO.

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is restricted to H or Me and Y 1 is restricted to N and C—CN, Q is restricted to hydrogen, and wherein all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention, hereby named compounds of Formula (Ih) and (Ii) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 8.

In Scheme 8, LG 1 represent a suitable leaving group, such as for example halo or methanesulfonyl;

In Scheme 8, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature such as ranged from rt to 90° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or isopropanol or EtOH or DCM;

2: at a suitable temperature, for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example NaBH(OAc) 3 , decaboraneor sodium borohydride in a suitable solvent such as DCM, DCE, methanol or tetrahydropyran, with or without a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid;

Or alternatively and successively

a) at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature or 45° C., in the presence of titanium (IV) ethoxide or titanium (IV) isopropoxide, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydropyrane, DCE or a mixture of DCE and MeOH; b) at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducting agent such as for example sodium borohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydropyrane, DCE or a mixture of DCE and MeOH;

Steps a and b can be performed as a one-pot procedure.

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is restricted to H or Me, Y 1 is restricted to N and C—CN, R 3aa is restricted to Ar; Het 1 or Het 3 , R 3b is restricted to Het 2 and R 17 and R 3c is restricted to Het 1 hereby named compounds of Formula (Ij), (Ik) and (Ika) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 9. In Scheme 9, halo represent a suitable halogen atom such as for example chloro, bromo or iodo, halo1 represent a suitable halogen atom such as for example chloro or fluoro and all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention,

In Scheme 9, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: under microwave irradiation, at a suitable temperature such as for example 130° C., in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as for example Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)-dipalladium(0), a suitable ligand such as for example 2-(Dicyclohexylphosphino)3,6-dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-1,1′-biphenyl, a suitable base such as for example sodium tert-butylate, in a suitable solvent such as for example dioxane;

2: at a suitable temperature, for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example NaBH(OAc) 3 , decaborane or sodium borohydride in a suitable solvent such as DCM, DCE, methanol or tetrahydropyran, with or without a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid;

Or alternatively and successively

a) at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature or 45° C., in the presence of titanium (IV) ethoxide or titanium (IV) isopropoxide, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydropyrane, DCE or a mixture of DCE and MeOH; b) at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducting agent such as for example sodium borohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydropyrane, DCE or a mixture of DCE and MeOH;

Steps a and b can be performed as a one-pot procedure.

3: at a suitable temperature such as for example 100° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example diisopropylethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example isopropanol.

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is restricted to H or Me, Y 1 is restricted to N and C—CN, and Q is restricted to hydrogen, hereby named compounds of Formula (Im) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 10. In Scheme 10, all other variables are defined according to above or according to the scope of the present invention,

In Scheme 10, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature, for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example NaBH(OAc) 3 , decaborane or sodium borohydride in a suitable solvent such as DCM, DCE, methanol or tetrahydropyran, with or without a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid;

Or alternatively and successively

a) at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature or 45° C., in the presence of titanium (IV) ethoxide or titanium (IV) isopropoxide, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydropyrane, DCE or a mixture of DCE and MeOH; b) at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducting agent such as for example sodium borohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydropyrane, DCE or a mixture of DCE and MeOH;

Steps a and b can be performed as a one-pot procedure.

2: at a suitable temperature range such as for example from 0° C. to room temperature, in the presence of suitable cleavage conditions, such as for example an acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile or DCM or MeOH or ethyl acetate;

3: at a suitable temperature such as ranged from rt to 90° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or isopropanol or EtOH or DCM.

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is restricted to NH 2 , and Y 1 is restricted to N, hereby named compounds of Formula (In) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 11. In Scheme 11, all other variables are defined according to above or according to the scope of the present invention,

In Scheme 11, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: under microwave irradiation, at a suitable temperature such as for example 160° C., in a suitable solvent such as for example diglyme;

2: at a suitable temperature such as for example 40° C., in the presence of a suitable coupling agent such as for example (Benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tris(dimethyl-amino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP), a suitable base such as for example 1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), in a suitable solvent such as for example DMF;

3: when PG 1 is tert-butyloxycarbonyl, at a suitable temperature range such as for example from 0° C. to room temperature, in the presence of suitable cleavage conditions, such as for example an acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile or DCM or MeOH;

Alternatively, at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature in a suitable solvent such as acetic acid

4: at a suitable temperature, for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example NaBH(OAc) 3 or sodium borohydride in a suitable solvent such as DCM, DCE or tetrahydropyran, with or without a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid.

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is restricted to NHMe, and Y 1 is restricted to N, hereby named compounds of Formula (Jo) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 12. In Scheme 12, all other variables are defined according to above or according to the scope of the present invention,

In Scheme 12, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature ranged from −60° C. to 180° C., in the presence of a suitable reagent such as for example sulfuryl chloride isocyanate or urea;

2: at a suitable temperature such as 115° C., in a suitable chlorinating reagent such as for example phosphonyltrichloride;

3: at a suitable temperature such as ranged from rt to 90° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or isopropanol or EtOH or DCM;

4: under microwave irradiation or not, at a suitable temperature such as for example 100° C., in a suitable solvent such as for example THF or dimethylformamide;

5: when PG 1 is tert-butyloxycarbonyl, at a suitable temperature range such as for example from 0° C. to room temperature, in the presence of suitable cleavage conditions, such as for example an acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile or DCM or MeOH;

Alternatively, at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature in a suitable solvent such as acetic acid

6: at a suitable temperature, for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example NaBH(OAc) 3 or sodium borohydride in a suitable solvent such as DCM, DCE or tetrahydropyran, with or without a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid;

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is restricted to OMe, and Y 1 is restricted to N, wherein R 1A′ is selected from the group consisting of C 0-5 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and C 1-5 alkyl substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OR 1a and —NR 2a R 2aa hereby named compounds of Formula (Ip) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 13. In Scheme 13, all other variables are defined according to above or according to the scope of the present invention,

In Scheme 13, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature such as for example 100° C. or 110° C., in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as for example palladium acetate, a suitable ligand such as for example 2,2′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl, a suitable base such as for example cesium carbonate, in a suitable solvent such as for example toluene;

2: when PG 1 is tert-butyloxycarbonyl, at a suitable temperature range such as for example from 0° C. to room temperature, in the presence of suitable cleavage conditions, such as for example an acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile or DCM or MeOH;

Alternatively, at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature in a suitable solvent such as acetic acid

3: at a suitable temperature, for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as for example NaBH(OAc) 3 or sodium borohydride in a suitable solvent such as DCM, DCE or tetrahydropyran, with or without a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid.

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is restricted to H or Me, and Y 1 is restricted to N and C—CN, and wherein R 3 is restricted to

hereby named compounds of Formula (Iq) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 14. In Scheme 14, all other variables are defined according to above or according to the scope of the present invention.

Someone skilled in the art will recognize that intermediate (Va) can be prepared following a similar pathway than the one use for the preparation of intermediate V and reported in scheme 1.

In Scheme 14, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature, such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable acid coupling agent, such as for example 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-benzotriazoliumhexafluorophosphate(1-)3-oxide (HBTU) or 1-[Bis(dimethyl-amino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate (HATU), in the presence of a suitable base such as for example N-ethyl-N-(1-methyl-ethyl)-2-propanamine (DIPEA), in a suitable solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF).

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is restricted to H or Me, and Y 1 is restricted to N and C—CN, hereby named compounds of Formula (Ir) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 15. In Scheme 15, all other variables are defined according to above or according to the scope of the present invention,

In Scheme 15, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature, for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium carbonate or triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or DCM.

Someone skilled in the art will recognize that intermediate (Vb) can be prepared following a similar pathway than the one use for the preparation of intermediate V and reported in scheme 1.

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 2 is restricted to H or Me, and Y 1 is restricted to N and C—CN, hereby named compounds of Formula (Is) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 16. In Scheme 16, all other variables are defined according to above or according to the scope of the present invention.

In Scheme 16, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: in case of (LXa), at a suitable temperature, in the presence of a suitable base such as for example triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example DCM, in case of (LXb), at a suitable temperature, such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable acid coupling agent, such as for example 1-[bis(dimethyl-amino)methylene]-1H-benzotriazoliumhexafluorophosphate(1-)3-oxide (HBTU) or 1-[Bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate (HATU) or N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI), optionally in the presence of a suitable reagent such as for example 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole, in the presence of a suitable base such as for example N-ethyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-2-propanamine (DIPEA) or triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) or DCM.

Someone skilled in the art will recognize that conversion depicted in scheme 15 and 16 can be applied to other intermediates as for example intermediates (LVII) depicted in scheme 13.

Schemes 17-19 relate in particular to compounds/intermediates wherein variable ‘A’ is —CR 15a R 15b —.

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein Q, R 15a and R 15b are restricted to H, and Y 1 is restricted to N and C—CN, hereby named compounds of Formula (It) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 17. In Scheme 17, all other variables are defined according to above or according to the scope of the present invention,

In Scheme 17, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature such as ranged between 0° C. and room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent such as for example lithium aluminium hydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydrofuran;

2: at a suitable temperature such as for example −78° C., in the presence of suitable reagents such as for example oxalylchloride, dimethylsulfoxide, in the presence of a suitable base such as for example triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example dichloromethane;

3: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent such as for example sodium cyanoborohydride, with or without a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid, in a suitable solvent such as for example methanol;

4: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable acid such as for example trifluoroacetic acid, in a suitable solvent such as for example dichloromethane or ethyl acetate;

5: at a suitable temperature such as ranged from rt to 90° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or isopropanol or ethanol (EtOH) or dichloromethane (DCM).

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 15a and R 15b are restricted to H, and Y 1 is restricted to N and C—CN, hereby named compounds of Formula (Iu) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 18. In Scheme 18, all other variables are defined according to above or according to the scope of the present invention,

In Scheme 18, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature ranged from −78° C. to room temperature, in the presence of a suitable deprotonating agent such as for example sodium hydride or lithium diisopropylamide, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydrofuran;

2: at a suitable temperature such as ranged between 0° C. and room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent such as for example lithium aluminium hydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydrofuran;

3: at a suitable temperature such as for example −78° C., in the presence of suitable reagents such as for example oxalylchloride, dimethylsulfoxide, in the presence of a suitable base such as for example triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example dichloromethane;

4: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent such as for example sodium cyanoborohydride, with or without a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid, in a suitable solvent such as for example methanol;

5: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable acid such as for example trifluoroacetic acid, in a suitable solvent such as for example dichloromethane or ethyl acetate;

6: at a suitable temperature such as ranged from rt to 90° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or isopropanol or ethanol (EtOH) or dichloromethane (DCM).

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein Q is restricted to H and Y 1 is restricted to N and C—CN, hereby named compounds of Formula (Iv) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 19. In Scheme 19, halo is a suitable halogen, LG 3 is a suitable leaving group, such as for example methanesulfonyl or 4-toluenesulfonyl, and all other variables are defined according to above or according to the scope of the present invention,

In Scheme 19, the following reaction conditions apply:

1: at a suitable temperature ranged for example between room temperature and 60° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example lithium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide; in a suitable solvent such as for example a mixture of tetrahydrofurane and water;

2: at a suitable temperature, such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable acid coupling agent, such as for example 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-benzotriazoliumhexafluorophosphate(1-)3-oxide (HBTU) or 1-[Bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate (HATU), in the presence of a suitable base such as for example N-ethyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-2-propanamine (DIPEA), in a suitable solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF);

3: at a suitable temperature such as for example −78° C., 0° C. or room temperature, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydrofuran;

4: at a suitable temperature such as for example −78° C., 0° C. or room temperature, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydrofuran;

5: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable base such as for example triethylamine or diispropylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane;

6: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent such as for example sodium cyanoborohydride, with or without a suitable acid such as for example acetic acid, in a suitable solvent such as for example methanol;

7: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable acid such as for example trifluoroacetic acid, in a suitable solvent such as for example dichloromethane or ethyl acetate;

8: at a suitable temperature such as ranged from rt to 90° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine, in a suitable solvent such as for example acetonitrile or isopropanol or ethanol (EtOH) or dichloromethane (DCM).

A skilled person will realize that the chemistry of Schemes 1 to 16 can also be applied to the intermediates depicted in Schemes 17 to 19.

It will be appreciated that where appropriate functional groups exist, compounds of various formulae or any intermediates used in their preparation may be further derivatised by one or more standard synthetic methods employing condensation, substitution, oxidation, reduction, or cleavage reactions. Particular substitution approaches include conventional alkylation, arylation, heteroarylation, acylation, sulfonylation, halogenation, nitration, formylation and coupling procedures.

The compounds of Formula (I) may be synthesized in the form of racemic mixtures of enantiomers which can be separated from one another following art-known resolution procedures. The racemic compounds of Formula (I) containing a basic nitrogen atom may be converted into the corresponding diastereomeric salt forms by reaction with a suitable chiral acid. Said diastereomeric salt forms are subsequently separated, for example, by selective or fractional crystallization and the enantiomers are liberated therefrom by alkali. An alternative manner of separating the enantiomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I) involves liquid chromatography using a chiral stationary phase. Said pure stereochemically isomeric forms may also be derived from the corresponding pure stereochemically isomeric forms of the appropriate starting materials, provided that the reaction occurs stereospecifically.

In the preparation of compounds of the present invention, protection of remote functionality (e.g., primary or secondary amine) of intermediates may be necessary. The need for such protection will vary depending on the nature of the remote functionality and the conditions of the preparation methods. Suitable amino-protecting groups (NH-Pg) include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9-fluorenylmethyleneoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). The need for such protection is readily determined by one skilled in the art. For a general description of protecting groups and their use, see T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th ed., Wiley, Hoboken, N.J., 2007.

Pharmacology

It has been found that the compounds of the present invention block the interaction of menin with MLL proteins and oncogenic MLL fusion proteins. Therefore the compounds according to the present invention and the pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds may be useful for the treatment or prevention, in particular treatment, of diseases such as cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and diabetes.

In particular, the compounds according to the present invention and the pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be useful in the treatment or prevention of cancer. According to one embodiment, cancers that may benefit from a treatment with menin/MLL inhibitors of the invention comprise leukemias, myeloma or a solid tumor cancer (e.g. prostate cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, liver cancer, melanoma and glioblastoma, etc.). In some embodiments, the leukemias include acute leukemias, chronic leukemias, myeloid leukemias, myelogeneous leukemias, lymphoblastic leukemias, lymphocytic leukemias, Acute myelogeneous leukemias (AML), Chronic myelogenous leukemias (CML), Acute lymphoblastic leukemias (ALL), Chronic lymphocytic leukemias (CLL), T cell prolymphocytic leukemias (T-PLL), Large granular lymphocytic leukemia, Hairy cell leukemia (HCL), MILL-rearranged leukemias, MILL-PTD leukemias, MILL amplified leukemias, MILL-positive leukemias, leukemias exphibiting HOX/MEIS1 gene expression signatures etc.

Hence, the invention relates to compounds of Formula (I), the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, for use as a medicament.

The invention also relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, for the manufacture of a medicament.

The present invention also relates to a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, for use in the treatment, prevention, amelioration, control or reduction of the risk of disorders associated with the interaction of menin with MLL proteins and oncogenic MLL fusion proteins in a mammal, including a human, the treatment or prevention of which is affected or facilitated by blocking the interaction of menin with MILL proteins and oncogenic MLL fusion proteins.

Also, the present invention relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, for the manufacture of a medicament for treating, preventing, ameliorating, controlling or reducing the risk of disorders associated with the interaction of menin with MLL proteins and oncogenic MILL fusion proteins in a mammal, including a human, the treatment or prevention of which is affected or facilitated by blocking the interaction of menin with MLL proteins and oncogenic MLL fusion proteins.

The invention also relates to a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use in the treatment or prevention of any one of the diseases mentioned hereinbefore.

The invention also relates to a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use in treating or preventing any one of the diseases mentioned hereinbefore.

The invention also relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of any one of the disease conditions mentioned hereinbefore.

The compounds of the present invention can be administered to mammals, preferably humans, for the treatment or prevention of any one of the diseases mentioned hereinbefore.

In view of the utility of the compounds of Formula (I), the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, there is provided a method of treating warm-blooded animals, including humans, suffering from any one of the diseases mentioned hereinbefore.

Said method comprises the administration, i.e. the systemic or topical administration, preferably oral administration, of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, to warm-blooded animals, including humans.

Therefore, the invention also relates to a method for the treatment or prevention of any one of the diseases mentioned hereinbefore comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of compound according to the invention to a patient in need thereof.

One skilled in the art will recognize that a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds of the present invention is the amount sufficient to have therapeutic activity and that this amount varies inter alias, depending on the type of disease, the concentration of the compound in the therapeutic formulation, and the condition of the patient. Generally, the amount of a compound of the present invention to be administered as a therapeutic agent for treating the disorders referred to herein will be determined on a case by case by an attending physician.

Those of skill in the treatment of such diseases could determine the effective therapeutic daily amount from the test results presented hereinafter. An effective therapeutic daily amount would be from about 0.005 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg, in particular 0.005 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg, in particular 0.01 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg body weight, more in particular from 0.01 mg/kg to 25 mg/kg body weight, preferably from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 15 mg/kg, more preferably from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, even more preferably from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 1 mg/kg, most preferably from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 1 mg/kg body weight. A particular effective therapeutic daily amount might be 1 mg/kg body weight, 2 mg/kg body weight, 4 mg/kg body weigth, or 8 mg/kg body weight. The amount of a compound according to the present invention, also referred to herein as the active ingredient, which is required to achieve a therapeutically effect may vary on case-by-case basis, for example with the particular compound, the route of administration, the age and condition of the recipient, and the particular disorder or disease being treated. A method of treatment may also include administering the active ingredient on a regimen of between one and four intakes per day. In these methods of treatment the compounds according to the invention are preferably formulated prior to administration. As described herein below, suitable pharmaceutical formulations are prepared by known procedures using well known and readily available ingredients.

The present invention also provides compositions for preventing or treating the disorders referred to herein. Said compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.

While it is possible for the active ingredient to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical composition. Accordingly, the present invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to the present invention, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The carrier or diluent must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the composition and not deleterious to the recipients thereof.

The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy, for example, using methods such as those described in Gennaro et al. Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (18 th ed., Mack Publishing Company, 1990, see especially Part 8: Pharmaceutical preparations and their Manufacture). A therapeutically effective amount of the particular compound, in base form or salt form, as the active ingredient is combined in intimate admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, which may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration. These pharmaceutical compositions are desirably in unitary dosage form suitable, preferably, for systemic administration such as oral, percutaneous or parenteral administration; or topical administration such as via inhalation, a nose spray, eye drops or via a cream, gel, shampoo or the like. For example, in preparing the compositions in oral dosage form, any of the usual pharmaceutical media tray be employed, such as, for example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols and the like in the case of oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, syrups, elixirs and solutions: or solid carriers such as starches, sugars, kaolin, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents and the like in the case of powders, pills, capsules and tablets. Because of their ease in administration, tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit form, in which case solid pharmaceutical carriers are obviously employed. For parenteral compositions, the carrier will usually comprise sterile water, at least in large part, though other ingredients, for example, to aid solubility, may be included. Injectable solutions, for example, may be prepared in which the carrier comprises saline solution, glucose solution or a mixture of saline and glucose solution. Injectable suspensions may also be prepared in which case appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents and the like may be employed. In the compositions suitable for percutaneous administration, the carrier optionally comprises a penetration enhancing agent and/or a suitable wettable agent, optionally combined with suitable additives of any nature in minor proportions, which additives do not cause any significant deleterious effects on the skin. Said additives may facilitate the administration to the skin and/or may be helpful for preparing the desired compositions. These compositions may be administered in various ways, e.g., as a transdermal patch, as a spot-on or as an ointment.

It is especially advantageous to formulate the aforementioned pharmaceutical compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used in the specification and claims herein refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active ingredient calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. Examples of such dosage unit forms are tablets (including scored or coated tablets), capsules, pills, powder packets, wafers, injectable solutions or suspensions, teaspoonfuls, tablespoonfils and the like, and segregated multiples thereof.

The present compounds can be used for systemic administration such as oral, percutaneous or parenteral administration; or topical administration such as via inhalation, a nose spray, eye drops or via a cream, gel, shampoo or the like. The compounds are preferably orally administered. The exact dosage and frequency of administration depends on the particular compound of Formula (I) used, the particular condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, the age, weight, sex, extent of disorder and general physical condition of the particular patient as well as other medication the individual may be taking, as is well known to those skilled in the art. Furthermore, it is evident that said effective daily amount may be lowered or increased depending on the response of the treated subject and/or depending on the evaluation of the physician prescribing the compounds of the instant invention.

The compounds of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents. Combination therapy includes administration of a single pharmaceutical dosage formulation which contains a compound according to the present invention and one or more additional therapeutic agents, as well as administration of the compound according to the present invention and each additional therapeutic agent in its own separate pharmaceutical dosage formulation. For example, a compound according to the present invention and a therapeutic agent may be administered to the patient together in a single oral dosage composition such as a tablet or capsule, or each agent may be administered in separate oral dosage formulations.

Therefore, an embodiment of the present invention relates to a product containing as first active ingredient a compound according to the invention and as further active ingredient one or more anticancer agent, as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in the treatment of patients suffering from cancer.

The one or more other medicinal agents and the compound according to the present invention may be administered simultaneously (e.g. in separate or unitary compositions) or sequentially in either order. In the latter case, the two or more compounds will be administered within a period and in an amount and manner that is sufficient to ensure that an advantageous or synergistic effect is achieved. It will be appreciated that the preferred method and order of administration and the respective dosage amounts and regimes for each component of the combination will depend on the particular other medicinal agent and compound of the present invention being administered, their route of administration, the particular condition, in particular tumour, being treated and the particular host being treated. The optimum method and order of administration and the dosage amounts and regime can be readily determined by those skilled in the art using conventional methods and in view of the information set out herein.

The weight ratio of the compound according to the present invention and the one or more other anticancer agent(s) when given as a combination may be determined by the person skilled in the art. Said ratio and the exact dosage and frequency of administration depends on the particular compound according to the invention and the other anticancer agent(s) used, the particular condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, the age, weight, gender, diet, time of administration and general physical condition of the particular patient, the mode of administration as well as other medication the individual may be taking, as is well known to those skilled in the art. Furthermore, it is evident that the effective daily amount may be lowered or increased depending on the response of the treated subject and/or depending on the evaluation of the physician prescribing the compounds of the instant invention. A particular weight ratio for the present compound of Formula (I) and another anticancer agent may range from 1/10 to 10/1, more in particular from 1/5 to 5/1, even more in particular from 1/3 to 3/1.

The following examples further illustrate the present invention.

Several methods for preparing the compounds of this invention are illustrated in the following examples. Unless otherwise noted, all starting materials were obtained from commercial suppliers and used without further purification, or alternatively can be synthesized by a skilled person by using well-known methods.

Hereinafter, the terms: ‘ACN’, ‘MeCN’ or ‘AcCN’ means acetonitrile, ‘DCM’ means dichloromethane, ‘DEA’ means diethylamine, ‘DIPEA’ or ‘DIEA’ means N,N-diisopropylethylamine, ‘h’ means hours(s), ‘min’ means minute(s), ‘DMF’ means dimethylformamide, ‘TEA or ‘Et 3 N’ means triethyl amine ‘EtOAc’ or ‘EA’ means ethyl acetate, ‘EtOH’ means ethanol, ‘HPLC’ means High-performance Liquid Chromatography, ‘Prep-HPLC’ means preparative HPLC, ‘Prep-TLC’ means preparative TLC, ‘iPrOH’, ‘IPA’, ‘ i PA’, ‘i-PrOH’ or ‘ i PrOH’ means isopropyl alcohol, ‘LC/MS’ means Liquid Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry, ‘MeOH’ means methanol, ‘MeNH 2 ’ means methylamine, ‘NMR’ means Nuclear Magnetic Resonance, ‘rt’ or ‘RT’ means room temperature, ‘SFC’ means supercritical fluid chromatography, ‘AcOH’ means acetic acid, ‘BOC’ or ‘Boc’ means tert-butyloxycarbonyl, ‘EDCI’ or ‘EDCi’ means 1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, ‘eq.’ means equivalent(s), ‘HOBT’ or ‘HOBt’ means N-Hydroxybenzotrizole monohydrate, ‘iPrNH 2 ’ means isopropylamine, ‘PE’ means petroleum ether, ‘NaBH(OAc) 3 ’ means sodium triacetoxyborohydride, ‘R t ’ means retention time, ‘SFC’ means supercritical fluid chromatography, ‘T’ means temperature, ‘FA’ means formic acid, ‘TFA’ means trifluoroacetic acid, ‘TFAA’ means trifluoroacetic anhydride, ‘THF’ means tetrahydrofuran, ‘BrettPhos’ means 2-(Dicyclohexylphosphino)3,6-dimethoxy-2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-1,1′-biphenyl, ‘ t BuONa’ or ‘t-BuONa’ means sodium tert-butoxide, ‘Ts’ means tosyl; ‘Pd 2 (dba) 3 ’ means tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), ‘TLC’ means thin layer chromatography, ‘prep-TLC’ means preparative TLC, ‘DCE’ means dichloroethane, ‘Et 2 O’ means diethyl ether, ‘HBTU’ means 1-[bis(dimethylamino)-methylene]-1H-benzotriazoliumhexafluorophosphate(1-)3-oxide, ‘SFC’ means Supercritical Fluid Chromatography, ‘(Boc) 2 O’ means tert-butoxycarbonyl anhydride, ‘ee’ means enantiomeric excess, ‘Pd 2 (dba) 3 ’ means Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium, ‘Pd(dppf)Cl 2 ’ means [1,1′-Bis(diphenyl-phosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), ‘Pd(OAc) 2 ’ means palladium(II) acetate, ‘BINAP’ means [1,1′-binaphthalene]-2,2′-diylbis[diphenylphosphine] (racemic), ‘Ti(i-PrO) 4 ’ means titanium isopropoxide, ‘DMA’ means N,N-dimethylacetamide, ‘18-Crown-6’ means 1,4,7,10,13,16-hexaoxacyclooctadecane, ‘CDI’ means 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole, ‘HATU’ means 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-[1,2,3]triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-1-ium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate, ‘DMSO’ means dimethyl sulfoxide, ‘FCC’ means flash column chromatography, ‘DBU’ means 1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, ‘NMP’ means 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, ‘MW’ means microwave or molecular weight (clear from context), ‘T 3 P’ means propylphosphonic anhydride, ‘DME’ means 1,2-dimethoxyethane, ‘Dess-Martin periodinane’ or ‘DMP’ means 1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one, ‘BPR’ means backpressure, ‘DIBAL-H’ means Di-isobutylaluminiumhydride, ‘psi’ means pound-force per square inch, ‘v/v’ means volume per volume, ‘conc.’ means concentrated, ‘Ph 3 P’ means triphenylphosphine, ‘DEAD’ means diethyl azodicarboxylate, ‘DEGDME’ means di-ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ‘BOP’ means benzotriazole-1-yl-N-oxy-tris(pyrrolidino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate, ‘Hep’ means n-heptane, ‘MsCl’ means mesyl chloride, ‘Zn(OAc) 2 .2H 2 O’ means zinc acetate dihydrate, ‘TMSCN’ means trimethylsilyl cyanide, ‘Hantzsch ester’ means diethyl 1,4-dihydro-2,6-dimethyl-3,5-pyridinedicarboxylate.

As understood by a person skilled in the art, compounds synthesized using the protocols as indicated may exist as a solvate e.g. hydrate, and/or contain residual solvent or minor impurities. Compounds isolated as a salt form, may be integer stoichiometric i.e. mono- or di-salts, or of intermediate stoichiometry. When an intermediate or compound in the experimental part below is indicated as ‘HCl salt’, ‘formate salt’ or ‘TFA salt’ without indication of the number of equivalents of HCl, formate or TFA, this means that the number of equivalents of HCl, formate or TFA was not determined.

The stereochemical configuration for centers in some compounds may be designated “R” or “S” when the mixture(s) was separated; for some compounds, the stereochemical configuration at indicated centers has been designated as “*R” (first eluted from the column in case the column conditions are described in the synthesis protocol and when only one stereocenter present or indicated) or “*S” (second eluted from the column in case the column conditions are described in the synthesis protocol and when only one stereocenter present or indicated) when the absolute stereochemistry is undetermined (even if the bonds are drawn stereo specifically) although the compound itself has been isolated as a single stereoisomer and is enantiomerically pure. For example, it will be clear that Compound 46

For compounds wherein the stereochemical configuration of two stereocentres is indicated by * (e.g. *R or *S), the absolute stereochemistry of the stereocentres is undetermined (even if the bonds are drawn stereospecifically), although the compound itself has been isolated as a single stereoisomer and is enantiomerically pure. In this case, the configuration of the first stereocentre is independent of the configuration of the second stereocentre in the same compound.

For example, for Compound 3

this means that the compound is

As mentioned above, substituents on bivalent cyclic saturated or partially saturated radicals may have either the cis- or trans-configuration; for example if a compound contains a disubstituted cycloalkyl group, the substituents may be in the cis or trans configuration.

For some compounds of Formula (I), the ring containing Y 2 is cyclobutyl (Y 2 is CH 2 , m1 is 1, m2 is 0) or cyclohexyl (Y 2 is CH 2 , m1 is 2, m2 is 1). The stereochemical configuration of the spiro moiety of such compounds may be indicated as ‘cis or trans’ or ‘trans or cis’. This means that the absolute stereochemical configuration of the spiro moiety is undetermined, although the compound itself has been isolated as a single isomer.

For example, the compound below

The paragraphs above about stereochemical configurations, also apply to intermediates. The term “enantiomerically pure” as used herein means that the product contains at least 80% by weight of one enantiomer and 20% by weight or less of the other enantiomer. Preferably the product contains at least 90% by weight of one enantiomer and 10% by weight or less of the other enantiomer. In the most preferred embodiment the term “enantiomerically pure” means that the composition contains at least 99% by weight of one enantiomer and 1% or less of the other enantiomer.

A skilled person will realize that, even where not mentioned explicitly in the experimental protocols below, typically after a column chromatography purification, the desired fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated.

In case no stereochemistry is indicated in the spirocycle represented by L1, this means it is a mixture of stereoisomers, unless otherwise is indicated or is clear from the context.

When a stereocentre is indicated with ‘RS’ this means that a racemic mixture (or racemate) was obtained at the indicated centre, unless otherwise indicated. In the context of this experimental part ‘racemic mixture’ (or ‘racemate’) means a mixture in a ratio as determined via the Analytical Chiral-HPLC methods described herein, typically in a range of 40/60 to 60/40 ratio, preferably in a range of 45/55 to 55/45 ratio, more preferably in a range from 48/52 to 52/48 ratio, most preferably 50/50 ratio.

Purities mentioned in the experimental part below, are based on the result of HPLC (254 nm or 214 nm).

For intermediates that were used in a next reaction step as a crude or as a partially purified intermediate, in some cases no mol amounts are mentioned for such intermediate in the next reaction step or alternatively estimated mol amounts or theoretical mol amounts for such intermediate are indicated in the reaction protocols described below.

Preparation of Intermediate 1

To a solution of tert-butyl (2-azaspiro[3.4]octan-6-yl)carbamate (2.70 g, 11.9 mmol) in isopropanol (20 mL) was added DIPEA (4.60 g, 35.8 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (3.00 g, 11.9 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 5 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified with column chromatography to give intermediate 1 (4.30 g).

Preparation of Intermediate 2

To a solution of intermediate 1 (4.60 g, 10.4 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added conc. HCl (5.0 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was concentrated to give intermediate 2 (3.0 g) as a HCl salt, which was used directly in the next step without further purification.

The intermediates in the table below were prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 2 starting from the respective starting materials.

Intermediate number

Structure

Intermediate 3 (TFA was used to deprotect the Boc group)

Intermediate 3a

Preparation of Intermediate 4

2-Azaspiro[3.4]octan-6-one trifluoroacetate (intermediate 16b) (180 mg), DIPEA (486 mg, 3.76 mmol) and 2-propanol (5 mL) were added to a 50 mL round-bottomed flask. The reaction mixture was treated with 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]-pyrimidine (190 mg, 0.752 mmol) before stirring at 20° C. for 12 h. The mixture was then poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×2). The organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product which was purified by flash column chromatography (eluent:petroleum ether:ethyl acetate from 1:0 to 0:1) to afford intermediate 4 (140 mg, 49.1% yield) as yellow oil.

The intermediate in the table below was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as described above for the preparation of intermediate 4 starting from the respective starting materials.

Intermediate number

Structure

Intermediate 5

Alternative Preparation of Intermediate 4

Intermediate 16 (215 mg; 1.33 mmol), 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]-pyrimidine (269 mg; 1.07 mmol) and DIPEA (516.5 mg; 4.0 mmol) were diluted in isopropanol (10 mL). The reaction was stirred for 12 h at 80° C. The solvent was removed to afford a yellow solid which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (gradient eluent: DCM/MeOH from 100/0 to 10:1) to afford 200 mg (43%) of intermediate 4 as a yellow solid.

Intermediate 5 was also prepared alternatively by an analogous reaction protocol as the alternative preparation of intermediate 4, starting from the respective starting materials.

Intermediate number

Structure

Intermediate 5 (from 6- azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-one (CAS[1803350-94-8]) and 4- chloro-6-(2,2,2- trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3- d]pyrimidine )

Preparation of Intermediate 16

2-Boc-6-oxo-2-azaspiro[3.4]octane (300 mg, 1.33 mmol) was added to 4N HCl in dioxane (4 mL). The reaction was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated till dryness yielding 280 mg of intermediate 16 of HCl salt.

The skilled person will understand that the TFA salt of intermediate 16 can also be obtained in an analogous way (TFA salt is intermediate 16b).

Preparation of Intermediate 6

To a solution of tert-butyl 8-amino-2-azaspiro[4.5]decane-2-carboxylate (300 mg, 1.18 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added benzaldehyde (125 mg, 1.18 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. NaBH 3 CN (148 mg, 2.36 mmol) was then added into the mixture and stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc and H 2 O, separated and extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined extracts ware concentrated in vacuo to afford intermediate 6 (360 mg, 88.6% yield), which was used as such in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 7

To a solution of intermediate 6 (360 mg, 1.05 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added conc. HCl (3 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc and washed with H 2 O, combined the extracts and concentrated to give intermediate 7 as HCl salt (216 mg), which was used as such in the next step without further purification.

The intermediate in the table below was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 7 starting from the respective starting materials.

Intermediate number

Structure

Intermediate 8

Preparation of Intermediate 9

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-formyl-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.836 mmol) and aniline (78 mg, 0.836 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) were added CH 3 COOH (5 mg) and NaBH 3 CN (158 mg, 2.51 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with NH 4 Cl solution, extracted with EA, washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated.

The residue was purified by column chromatography (PE/EA=10/1) to afford intermediate 9 (230 mg, 76% yield).

Preparation of Intermediate 10

To a solution of intermediate 9 (230 mg, 0.727 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added TFA (1 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h, and then the mixture was concentrated to give intermediate 10 as a TFA salt (157 mg, crude), which was used as such in the next step without further purification.

The intermediates in the table below were prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 10, starting from the respective starting materials. For intermediates 11-12-13, HCl was used to deprotect the Boc group. The starting materials of intermediates 11, 12 and 13 were prepared via analogous reaction protocols as used for intermediate 9.

Preparation of Intermediate 14

To a solution of tert-butyl 7-amino-2-azaspiro[4.4]nonane-2-carboxylate (50.0 mg, 0.208 mmol) and TEA (63.0 mg, 0.624 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added benzenesulfonyl chloride (48.0 mg, 0.271 mmol). After stirring at 0° C. for 5 h, the reaction mixture was added water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give crude intermediate 14 (60 mg), which was used as such in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 15

To a solution of crude intermediate 14 (60 mg) in MeOH (5 mL) was added conc. HCl (3 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was concentrated to give intermediate 15 (35 mg), which was used as such in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 17

A mixture of 2,4-dichloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine and tert-butyl 6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-ylcarbamate hydrochloride (2.63 g, 10 mmol) and DIPEA (3.87 g, 30 mmol) in isopropanol (30 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (Petroleum ether/EtOAc=1/1) to give intermediate 17 (4.7 g, 100% yield) as a light orange solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 18

To a mixture of intermediate 17 (954 mg, 2.0 mmol), Pd(OAc) 2 (56.0 mg, 0.20 mmol), BINAP (150 mg, 0.24 mmol) and Cs 2 CO 3 (978 mg, 3.0 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) was added MeOH (384 mg. 12 mmol). After being stirred at 110° C. overnight under Ar, the mixture was diluted with H 2 O (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (40 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (Petroleum ether/EtOAc=3/1) to give intermediate 18 (810 mg, 86% yield) as a yellow solid.

TFA (2 mL) was added to a mixture of intermediate 18 (tert-butyl (6-(2-methoxy-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)carbamate) (400 mg, 0.88 mmol) in DCM (2 mL). After being stirred at room temperature for 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with amberlyst A-21 ion exchange resin in MeOH (5 mL) for 10 minutes, filtered and concentrated to give intermediate 19 (300 mg, 96% yield) as a white solid, which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 20

A solution of intermediate 17 (tert-butyl (6-(2-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)carbamate) (200 mg, 0.419 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (4 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was worked-up with ion exchange resin (Amberlyst A-21) to give intermediate 20 (150 mg), which was used in the next step without further purification.

To a solution of intermediate 20 (6-(2-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-amine) (169 mg, 0.448 mmol), benzaldehyde (95 mg, 0.895 mmol) and Titanium tetraisopropanolate (127 mg, 0.448 mmol) in DCE (5 mL) was added NaBH(OAc) 3 (285 mg, 1.34 mmol) in portions at room temperature. After being stirred at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (PE/EtOAc=3:1˜1:1) to give intermediate 21 (250 mg) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 22

To a solution of 4-amino-N-methylbenzamide (150 mg, 1.00 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) was added tert-butyl 2-oxo-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (292 mg, 1.3 mmol) and decaborane (42.7 mg, 0.35 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature overnight, the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 22 (350 mg, crude, 95% yield), which was used in the next step without further purification.

To a solution of intermediate 22 (tert-butyl 2-((4-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl)amino)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate) (350 mg, crude) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL). After being stirred at room temperature for 3 h, the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield intermediate 23 (250 mg, crude TFA salt, 98% yield), which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 24

To a mixture of 2,4-dichloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (300 mg, 1.04 mmol) and intermediate 23 (250 mg, crude) in i PrOH (5 mL) was added DIPEA (404 mg, 3.12 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature overnight, the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (DCM:MeOH=20:1) to give intermediate 24 (200 mg, 39% yield over 3 steps).

Preparation of Intermediate 25

To a solution of methyl 4-amino-3-fluoro-N-methylbenzamide (200 mg, 1.19 mmol) and tert-butyl 2-oxo-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (268 mg, 1.19 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added decaborane (44 mg, 0.357 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 3 days, the mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (PE/EA=5/1) to give intermediate 25 (400 mg, 89% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 26

To a solution of intermediate 25 (tert-butyl 2-((2-fluoro-4-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl)-amino)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate) (400 mg, 1.06 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (2 ml). After being stirred at room temperature for 3 h, the mixture was adjusted pH>7 with NaHCO 3 and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL×2) and dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (PE:EA=10:1) to afford intermediate 26 (200 mg, 68% yield) as oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 27

To a solution of 4-amino-3-chloro-N-methylbenzamide (485 mg, 2.635 mmol) and tert-butyl 2-oxo-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (592 mg, 2.635 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added decaborane (112 mg, 0.922 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 12 h, the mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give crude intermediate 27 as yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 28

To a solution of intermediate 27 (tert-butyl 2-((2-chloro-4-(methylcarbamoyl)phenyl)-amino)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate) (350 mg, 0.890 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (5 mL) was added TFA (5 mL). After being stirred at room temperature for 3 h, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 28 (260 mg, crude), which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 29

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-amino-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.88 mmol) and methyl 6-fluoronicotinate (178 mg, 1.15 mmol) in i-PrOH (2 mL) was added DIPEA (342 mg, 2.65 mmol). After being stirred at 100° C. for 12 h, the mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic phase was washed with brine and dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (DCM:MeOH=30:1) to give intermediate 29 (220 mg, 69% yield).

Preparation of Intermediate 30

To a solution of intermediate 29 (tert-butyl 2-((5-(methoxycarbonyl)pyridin-2-yl)-amino)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate) (200 mg, 0.55 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added aq. NaOH (2N, 2 mL). After being stirred at 80° C. for 2 h, the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature, adjusted pH˜4 with 1N HCl and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to yield intermediate 30 (150 mg, 78% yield).

Preparation of Intermediate 31

A solution of intermediate 30 (6-((6-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)-amino)nicotinic acid) (100 mg, 0.288 mmol), CH 3 NH 2 .HCl (29 mg, 0.432 mmol), HOBT (78 mg, 0.576 mmol), EDCI (110 mg, 0.576 mmol) and DIPEA (111 mg, 0.864 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The crude was purified by prep-TLC (DCM:MeOH=20:1) to give intermediate 31 (100 mg, 97% yield).

Preparation of Intermediate 32

A solution of intermediate 31 (tert-butyl 2-((5-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-2-yl)amino)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate) (100 mg, 0.277 mmol) and TFA (2 mL) in DCM (4 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 32 (100 mg, crude TFA salt), which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 33

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-oxo-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (2.00 g, 8.89 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) were added 4-aminobenzoic acid (1.20 g, 8.89 mmol) and decaborane (380 mg, 3.11 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature overnight, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield intermediate 33 (3.10 g, 100% yield) as colorless oil, which was used in the next step directly without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 34

To a solution of intermediate 33 (4-((6-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)amino)benzoic acid) (3.10 g, 8.89 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (10 mL). After being stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield intermediate 34 (2.20 g, TFA salt) as brown oil, which was used in the next step directly without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 35

To a solution of intermediate 34 (4-((6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)amino)benzoic acid TFA salt (2.20 g, 8.89 mmol) in i-PrOH (20 mL) were added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (2.20 g, 8.89 mmol) and DIPEA (5.70 g, 44.45 mmol) dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting yellow oil was diluted in aqueous NH 4 Cl while being stirred overnight. The suspension was filtered and dried under reduced pressure. The residue was purified with silica gel column chromatography eluted with DCM/MeOH (30/1 to 20/1) to yield intermediate 35 (2.30 g, 56% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 36

To a solution of 4-amino-2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)benzoic acid (450 mg, crude) in MeOH (5 ml) was added tert-butyl 2-oxo-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (398 mg, 1.77 mmol) and decaborane (75.58 mg, 0.62 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 12 h, the mixture was concentrated, diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 36 (800 mg, crude) as a yellow solid, which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 37

To a solution of intermediate 36 (4-((6-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)amino)-2-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)benzoic acid) (800 mg, crude) in MeOH (5 ml) was added HCl/dioxane (10 ml, 4 M). After being stirred at room temperature for 3 h, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 37 (700 mg, crude HCl salt) as a yellow solid, which was used in the next step without further purification.

To a solution of intermediate 37 (4-(6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-ylamino)-2-(2-(dimethyl-amino)ethoxy)benzoic acid HCl salt) (700 mg, crude) in i PrOH (10 ml) was added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (480 mg, 1.89 mmol) and DIEA (5 ml). After being stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, the resulting mixture was diluted with EA (30 mL), washed with brine (15 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (DCM:MeOH=10:1) to afford intermediate 38 (250 mg, 23% yield over 4 steps) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 39

A mixture of 4-amino-2-bromobenzonitrile (440 mg, 2.2 mmol), tert-butyl 2-oxo-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (495 mg, 2.2 mmol) and decaborane (43 mg, 0.35 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) was stirred at 50° C. overnight under Ar. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (Petroleum ether/EtOAc=3/1) to afford intermediate 39 (406 mg, 45% yield) as a white solid.

A mixture of intermediate 39 (tert-butyl 2-((3-bromo-4-cyanophenyl)amino)-6-aza-spiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate) (406 mg, 1.0 mmol), 1-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine (335 mg, 1.5 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (73 mg, 0.1 mmol) and Cs 2 CO 3 (489 mg, 1.5 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) and H 2 O (4 mL) was stirred at 110° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH=20/1) to afford intermediate 40 (380 mg, 90% yield) as a brown solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 41

A mixture of intermediate 40 tert-butyl 2-((4-cyano-3-(1-methyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)phenyl)amino)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (380 mg, 0.9 mmol) and Pd/C (380 mg) in MeOH (20 mL) was stirred at 50° C. for 4 h under H 2 . The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford intermediate 41 (340 mg, crude) as orange oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 42

A mixture of intermediate 41 (tert-butyl 2-((4-cyano-3-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)phenyl)amino)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate) (340 mg, crude) and TFA (2 mL) in DCM (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated under pressure to afford intermediate 42 (280 mg, TFA salt) as orange oil, which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 43

To a solution of 2-hydroxy-4-nitrobenzonitrile (500 mg, 3.05 mmol) in 50 ml of CH 3 CN was added K 2 CO 3 (1.30 g, 9.15 mmol) and 4-bromo-1-methylpiperidine (2.20 g, 12.2 mmol). After being stirred at 80° C. overnight, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was filtered through a silica gel pad (DCM/MeOH=15:1). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield intermediate 43 (400 mg; crude), which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 44

To a solution of intermediate 43 (2-((1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-4-nitrobenzonitrile) (400 mg, crude) in MeOH (3 mL) was added Pd/C (40 mg). After being stirred at 50° C. for 2 h under H 2 atmosphere, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and washed with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 44 (500 mg, 70% yield over 2 steps), which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 45

To a solution of intermediate 44 (4-amino-2-((1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)benzonitrile) (500 mg, crude, approximately 90% purity) in MeOH (10 mL) were added tert-butyl 2-oxo-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (300 mg, 1.33 mmol) and decaborane (56 mg, 0.46 mmol). After being stirred at 50° C. overnight, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM/MeOH=10/1) to yield intermediate 45 (500 mg).

Preparation of Intermediate 46

To a solution of intermediate 45 (tert-butyl 2-((4-cyano-3-((1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-oxy)phenyl)amino)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate) (500 mg, crude) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL). After being stirred at room temperature for 2 h, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield intermediate 46 (500 mg, crude TFA salt) as oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 47

A mixture of tert-butyl 2-oxo-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (CAS #: 203661-71-6) (675 mg, 3.0 mmol), 4-amino-2-fluorobenzonitrile (408 mg, 3.0 mmol) and decaborane (128 mg, 1.05 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was stirred at 50° C. overnight. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (Petroleum ether/EtOAc=3/1) to afford intermediate 47 (500 mg, 48% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 48

A mixture of intermediate 47 (tert-butyl 2-((4-cyano-3-fluorophenyl)amino)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate) (345 mg, 1.0 mmol), 1-methylpiperidin-4-amine (570 mg, 5.0 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (690 mg, 5.0 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at 120° C. for 12 h in a sealed tube under Ar. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH=10/1) to afford intermediate 48 (50 mg, 11% yield) as yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 49

A mixture of intermediate 48 (tert-butyl 2-((4-cyano-3-((1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)amino)phenyl)amino)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate) (50 mg, 0.11 mmol) and TFA (2 mL) in DCM (0.5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated to afford intermediate 49 (60 mg, TFA salt) which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 50

To a solution of 3-fluoro-4-nitrobenzonitrile (3.00 g, 18.1 mmol) and ACN (40 mL) was added TEA (10.0 mL, 72.2 mmol) and glycinamide hydrochloride (2.00 g, 18.1 mmol). After stirring at 80° C. for 4 h, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and the mixture was filtered to obtain yellow solid, which was washed with water (10 mL×3). The yellow solid was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give crude intermediate 50 (4.30 g, 92% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 51

To a solution of intermediate 50 (2-((4-cyano-2-nitrophenyl)amino)acetamide) (3.00 g, 11.6 mmol), DMF (124 mL), and water (50 mL) was added FeCl 3 (1.77 g, 10.9 mmol) and zinc (17.8 g, 272 mmol). After stirring at 50° C. for 4 h, the reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was diluted with EtOAc (1000 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (400 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate 51 (3.00 g, 82% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 52

A solution of intermediate 51 (2-((2-amino-4-cyanophenyl)amino)acetamide) (1.50 g, 4.73 mmol), CDI (3.83 g, 23.6 mmol) and DMF (15 mL) was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (60 mL×3). The combined organic phases were concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford the crude product, which was purified by prep-HPLC (Gilson 281, Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 m column (eluent: 8% to 38% (v/v) water (0.225% FA)-ACN)). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a residue, which was lyophilized to dryness to afford intermediate 52 (400 mg, 35% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 53

A mixture of intermediate 52 (2-(5-cyano-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl)acetamide) (200 mg, 0.833 mmol), Raney Ni (100 mg), ammonia (2.6 mL, 7 M in MeOH), and MeOH (30 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h under H 2 (40-50 psi). The mixture was filtered through Celite® and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 53 (200 mg, 93% yield) as a brown solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 54

To a solution of Compound 53 (2-(2-oxo-5-(((2-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-azaspiro[3.4]octan-6-yl)amino)methyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]-imidazol-1-yl)acetamide) (70.0 mg, 0.128 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added Et 3 N (39.0 mg, 0.385 mmol) and (Boc) 2 O (56.0 mg, 0.257 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was then heated and stirred at 50° C. for 8 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain intermediate 54 (70 mg, crude), which was used in the next step without purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 55

To a solution of intermediate 54 (tert-butyl ((1-(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl)methyl)(2-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-azaspiro[3.4]octan-6-yl)carbamate) (70.0 mg, crude) in DCM (1.5 mL) was added Et 3 N (33.0 mg, 0.325 mmol) at 0° C. Then a solution of TFAA (46.0 mg, 0.217 mmol) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added to the solution dropwise at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at 10° C. for 3 h and concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 55 (60 mg, crude) as a white solid, which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 58

To a solution of intermediate 5 (6-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-one) (1000 mg, 2.93 mmol), tert-butyl 4-aminobenzoate (750 mg, 3.88 mmol), sodium cyanoborohydride (365 mg, 5.81 mmol) and MeOH (28.0 mL) was added a solution of acetic acid (365 mg, 6.08 mmol) in MeOH (2.0 mL). After stirring at 40° C. for 14 h, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, then diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to obtain crude residue, which was purified by Flash Column Chromatography (PE:EA from 100:0 to 50:50) to give intermediate 58 (680 mg, 43% yield) as orange solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 59 (TFA Salt of intermediate 35)

A solution of intermediate 58 (tert-butyl 4-((6-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)amino)benzoate) (100 mg, 0.193 mmol), TFA (1 mL) and CH 2 Cl 2 (1 mL) was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford the crude intermediate 59 (180 mg, 97% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediates 60, 61 and 62

Intermediate 60, intermediate 61 and intermediate 62 were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 17, intermediate 18 and intermediate 20 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 63, 64 and 65

Intermediate 63, intermediate 64 and intermediate 65 were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 79, intermediate 80 and intermediate 17 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediate 66

To a stirred solution of methyl 3-fluoro-4-nitrobenzoate (CAS #: 185629-31-6) (3.00 g, 15.1 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) at room temperature were added methylamine hydrochloride (1.20 g, 18.1 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (2.70 g, 19.6 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), washed with aq. HCl (1 M) (100 mL), brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to afford intermediate 66 (3.20 g, crude), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 67

To a solution of intermediate 66 (3.20 g, ca. 15.2 mmol) in MeOH (32 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (320 mg). After being stirred under H 2 atmosphere at room temperature overnight, the mixture was filtered through a pad of SiO 2 and the filter cake was washed with MeOH. The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate 67 (2.70 g, crude), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 68

To a stirred solution of intermediate 67 (2.70 g, ca. 15.0 mmol) in THE (65 mL) at room temperature was added CDI (3.60 g, 22.5 mmol). After being stirred at 70° C. overnight, the cooled reaction mixture was filtered and the filter cake was washed with THE and petroleum ether. The filter cake was dried under vacuo to afford intermediate 68 (1.80 g, crude), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 69

To a stirred solution of intermediate 68 (1.80 g, ca. 8.74 mmol) in dry THF (180 mL) under Ar at −78° C. was added DIBAL-H (1.5 M in toluene) (35 mL, 52.5 mmol) dropwise. After addition, the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and quenched with MeOH dropwise. After being stirred at room temperature for another 15 minutes, the mixture was filtered and the filter cake was washed with MeOH. The combined filtrate was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×2), washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate 69(1.10 g, crude), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 70

To a stirred solution of intermediate 69 (1.10 g, ca. 6.18 mmol) in dry THF (110 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (5.20 g, 12.4 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was washed with EtOAc (50 mL×3), filtered and dried under reduced pressure to afford intermediate 70 (400 mg, ca. 37% yield) as a brown solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 71

To a solution of intermediate 60 (600 mg, 1.26 mmol) in DME (15 mL) under Ar at room temperature were added trimethylboroxine (CAS #: 823-96-1) (1.26 g, 5.03 mmol), K 2 CO 3 (522 mg, 0.38 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (93 mg, 0.13 mmol). The reaction was stirred under Ar at 100° C. overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water (60 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (60 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (60 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE/EA (2/1, v/v) to give intermediate 71 (390 mg, 68% yield).

Preparation of Intermediate 72

To a stirred solution of intermediate 71 (390 mg, 0.86 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) at room temperature was added TFA (4 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was treated with ion exchange resin to give the title compound intermediate 72 (304 mg, 100% yield), which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 73

To a stirred solution of intermediate 60 (500 mg, 1.05 mmol) in DCM (9 mL) at 0° C. was added TFA (3 mL) slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The TFA salt of desired intermediate was treated with ion exchange resin to give intermediate 73 as a yellow solid (400 mg, crude), which was used for the next step directly without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 74

To a stirred mixture of intermediate 73 (400 mg, 1.05 mmol), 3-(1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-benzaldehyde (CAS #: 179057-26-2) (235 mg, 1.36 mmol) and Ti(i-PrO) 4 (300 mg, 1.05 mmol) in DCE (10 mL) at 0° C. was added NaBH(OAc) 3 (668 mg, 3.15 mmol) in portions. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was quenched with aq. NaHCO 3 and the resultant was extracted with DCM. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography eluted with DCM/MeOH (from 50:1 to 30:1, v/v) to give the intermediate 74 (380 mg, yield: 68%) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 75

A solution of intermediate 60 (700 mg, 1.47 mmol) in methanamine (2 M in THF) (10 mL) in an autoclave was stirred at 100° C. overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude desired intermediate 75 (800 mg), which was used for the next step directly without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 76

A solution of intermediate 75 (800 mg, crude product, ca. 1.70 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (12 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 10 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The crude product was treated with ion exchange resin to give desired intermediate 76 as a yellow solid (700 mg, crude product), which was used for the next step directly without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 77

To a stirred mixture of 1-phenylcyclopropan-1-amine (CAS #: 41049-53-0) (400 mg, 3 mmol) and tert-butyl 6-oxo-2-azaspiro[3.4]octane-2-carboxylate (CAS #: 1363382-39-1) (1.0 g, 4.5 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at room temperature was added AcOH (180 mg, 3 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 4 h, NaBH(OAc) 3 (1.91 g, 9.01 mmol) was added in portions. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluent: PE/EA=3/1, v/v) to give intermediate 77 (240 mg, 23% yield) as a yellow gum.

Preparation of Intermediate 78

To a stirred solution of intermediate 77 (240 mg, 0.7 mmol) in EtOAc (3 mL) at 0° C. was added HCl (4 M in 1,4-dioxane) (10 mL). After being stirred at room temperature for 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 78 (330 mg, crude HCl salt) as a yellow gum, which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 79

To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 6-oxo-2-azaspiro[3.4]octane-2-carboxylate (CAS #: 1363382-39-1) (225 mg, 1.0 mmol) and 2-(3-aminophenyl)acetonitrile (CAS #: 4623-24-9) (136 mg, 1.03 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added decaborane (CAS #: 17702-41-9) (43 mg, 0.35 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluent: PE/EtOAc=3/1, v/v) to afford intermediate 79 (340 mg, 99% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 80

To a solution of intermediate 79 (340 mg, 1.0 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added TFA (2 mL). After being stirred at room temperature overnight, the mixture was concentrated to afford intermediate 80 (300 mg, crude TFA salt), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 81

To a stirred suspension of 2-(3-aminophenyl)acetonitrile (CAS #: 4623-24-9) (300 mg, 2.28 mmol) in 20 wt % aq. HCl (3 mL) cooled with an ice bath, was added a solution of NaNO 2 (156 mg, 2.28 mmol) in H 2 O (3 mL) dropwise. The mixture was stirred while being cooled in an ice bath for 2 h to afford a diazonium salt solution.

To a stirred solution of AcOH (9 mL) and H 2 O (2 mL) cooled with an ice bath, SO 2 (1.16 g, 18.2 mmol) was bubbled. To the resulting stirred solution CuCl (57 mg, 0.57 mmol) and the diazonium salt solution were added slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred and cooled with an ice bath for 1 h and at room temperature for another 1 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with DCM (100 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aq. NaHCO 3 , dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to afford intermediate 81 (70 mg, 14% yield), which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 82

To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 7-amino-2-azaspiro[4.4]nonane-2-carboxylate (CAS #: 1341037-08-8) (75 mg, 0.32 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) were added intermediate 81 (70 mg, 0.32 mmol) and Et 3 N (65 mg, 0.64 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to afford intermediate 82 (130 mg, crude), which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 83

To a stirred solution of intermediate 82 (130 mg, crude product, ca. 0.31 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was added TFA (1 mL). After being stirred at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 83 (150 mg, crude TFA salt) as a brown oil, which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediates 84 and 85

Intermediate 84 and intermediate 85 (HCl salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 82 and intermediate 83 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials. For the preparation of intermediate 85 HCl was used as the acid instead of TFA.

To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 7-amino-2-azaspiro[4.4]nonane-2-carboxylate (CAS #: 1341037-08-8) (50 mg, 0.21 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) were added 4-(cyano-methyl)benzoic acid (CAS #: 50685-26-2) (34 mg, 0.21 mmol), HATU (119 mg, 0.31 mmol) and DIPEA (54 mg, 0.42 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (50 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give intermediate 86 (70 mg, 86% yield), which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 87

To a stirred solution of intermediate 86 (70 mg, 0.183 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was added TFA (1 mL). After being stirred at room temperature for 1 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 87 (90 mg, crude TFA salt) as a brown oil, which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediates 88 and 89

Intermediate 88 and intermediate 89 (TFA salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 86 and intermediate 87 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediate 90

To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 7-amino-2-azaspiro[4.4]nonane-2-carboxylate (CAS #: 1341037-08-8) (50 mg, 0.21 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) were added benzoyl chloride (44 mg, 0.31 mmol) and Et 3 N (42 mg, 0.42 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give intermediate 90 (70 mg, crude product, 100% yield) as a brown oil, which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 91

The intermediate 91 (TFA salt) was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 87, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediate 92

To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 7-oxo-2-azaspiro[4.4]nonane-2-carboxylate (CAS #: 1319716-42-1) (60 mg, 0.251 mmol) and 2-(4-amino-2-fluorophenyl)acetonitrile (CAS #: 180146-78-5) (38 mg, 0.251 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added AcOH (one drop). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. NaBH 3 CN (32 mg, 0.502 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for another 2 h, The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE/EA (4/1, v/v) to give intermediate 92 (56 mg, 60%) as a yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 93

To a stirred solution of intermediate 92 (56 mg, 0.150 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added HCl/1,4-dioxane (4 M) (5 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give intermediate 93 (40 mg, crude HCl salt), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediates 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, and 99

Intermediates 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, and 99 were prepared from their respective starting materials in 2 steps by using analogous reaction protocols as described for the preparation of intermediate 93 (via intermediate 92), starting from tert-butyl 7-oxo-2-azaspiro[4.4]nonane-2-carboxylate (CAS #: 1319716-42-1) and the corresponding amines.

Preparation of Intermediate 100

To a stirred solution of intermediate 35 (200 mg, 0.43 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added tert-butyl 4-(aminomethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (CAS #: 144222-22-0) (92 mg, 0.43 mmol), HATU (196 mg, 0.52 mmol) and DIPEA (168 mg, 1.29 mmol).

The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with DCM/MeOH (20/1, v/v) to give intermediate 100 (238 mg, 84% yield).

Preparation of Intermediate 101

To a stirred solution of intermediate 100 (238 mg, 0.36 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added TFA (1 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give intermediate 101 (218 mg, crude TFA salt, 100% yield) as brown oil, which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 102

To a stirred solution of intermediate 35 (300 mg, 0.65 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at room temperature were added HATU (247 mg, 0.65 mmol) and DIPEA (251 mg, 1.95 mmol).

The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes and tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate (CAS #: 57260-71-6) (145 mg, 0.78 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was poured into H 2 O (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with H 2 O, brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give intermediate 102 (279 mg, 68% yield) as a yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 103

To a stirred suspension of tert-butyl 4-(2-aminoethyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (CAS #: 192130-34-0) (297 mg, 1.68 mmol) and intermediate 35 (600 mg, 1.29 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) at room temperature were added HOBT (350 mg, 2.59 mmol), EDCI (498 mg, 2.59 mmol) and DIPEA (502 mg, 3.89 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl (50 mL), solid precipitated. The resulting mixture was filtered. The filter cake was collected and dried to give intermediate 103 (600 mg, 68% yield).

Preparation of Intermediate 104

To a stirred solution of intermediate 103 (600 mg, 0.89 mmol) in MeOH (12 mL) was added HCl/1,4-dioxane (4 M) (4 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give intermediate 104 (600 mg, crude HCl salt), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediates 105 and 106

Intermediate 105 and intermediate 106 (HCl salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 100 and intermediate 104 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 107 and 108

Intermediate 107 and intermediate 108 (HCl salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 100 and intermediate 104 respectively using HCl/MeOH (3M) instead of HCl/1,4-dioxane (4M) for Boc deprotection, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 109 and 110

Preparation of Intermediate 109

A solution of 3-(N-Boc-aminomethyl)azetidine (CAS #: 91188-15-7) (300 mg, 1.612 mmol), methanesulfonyl chloride (202 mg, 1.774 mmol) and Et 3 N (488 mg, 4.836 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH (20/1, v/v) to give intermediate 109 (357 mg, 84% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 110

To a stirred solution of intermediate 109 (357 mg, 1.352 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h and then concentrated to give intermediate 110 (220 mg, crude TFA salt), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediates 111 and 112

Preparation of Intermediate 111

To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 2-formyl-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (CAS #: 203662-55-9) (150 mg, 0.627 mmol) and dimethylamine (2 M in MeOH) (0.63 mL, 1.26 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) at room temperature was added NaBH 3 CN (118 mg, 1.88 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give the crude intermediate 111 (120 mg), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 112

To a stirred solution of crude intermediate 111 (120 mg, ca. 0.627 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) at room temperature was added conc. HCl (12 M, 3 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness afforded intermediate 112 (100 mg, crude HCl salt), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediates 113 and 114

Preparation of Intermediate 113

To a stirred solution of N,1-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine (CAS #: 948572-94-9) (50 mg, 0.450 mmol) in MeOH (1 mL) at room temperature was added tert-butyl 2-formyl-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (CAS #: 203662-55-9) (162 mg, 0.68 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. NaBH 3 CN (57 mg, 0.90 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (50 ml×3), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude intermediate 113 (150 mg), which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 114

To a stirred solution of intermediate 113 (150 ng, crude product, ca. 0.450 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) at room temperature was added TFA (1 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give intermediate 114 (160 mg, crude TFA salt) as a brown oil, which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediates 115 and 116

Preparation of Intermediate 115

To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 2-formyl-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (CAS #: 203662-55-9) (120 mg, 0.501 mmol) in MeOH (3.0 mL) at room temperature were added 5-amino-1,3-dihydro-2H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-one (CAS #: 95-23-8) (85 mg, 1.0 mmol) and decaborane (11 mg, 0.1 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 (20 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give crude intermediate 115 (220 mg), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 116

To a stirred solution of intermediate 115 (220 mg, crude product, ca. 0.501 mmol) in MeOH (4.0 mL) was added HCl/1,4-dioxane (4 M) (4.0 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give desired intermediate 116 (250 mg, crude HCl salt), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediates 117 and 118

Preparation of Intermediate 117

To a stirred solution of 2-(4-amino-2-fluorophenyl)acetonitrile (CAS #: 180146-78-5) (220 mg, 1.47 mmol) and tert-butyl 2-formyl-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (CAS #: 203662-55-9) (330 mg, 1.46 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) at room temperature was added decaborane (53 mg, 0.44 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 8 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE/LA (10/1, v/v) to give intermediate 117 (380 mg, 72% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 118

To a stirred solution of intermediate 117 (380 ng, 1.06 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) at room temperature was added HCl/1,4-dioxane (4 M) (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to afford intermediate 118 (250 mg, crude HCl salt, 91% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediates 119 and 120

Preparation of Intermediate 119

To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 2-formyl-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (CAS #: 203662-55-9) (225 mg, 1.0 mmol) and 2-(3-aminophenyl)acetonitrile (CAS #: 4623-24-9) (136 mg, 1.03 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) at room temperature was added decaborane (43 mg, 0.35 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE/EtOAc (3/1, v/v) to afford intermediate 119 (340 mg, 99% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 120

To a stirred solution of intermediate 119 (340 mg, 1.0 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) at room temperature was added TFA (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to afford intermediate 120 (400 mg, crude TFA salt), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediates 121 and 122

Intermediate 121 and intermediate 122 were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119 and intermediate 120 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials. Intermediate 122 was obtained as the free base (The reaction mixture was basified with aqueous NaHCO 3 ).

Preparation of Intermediates 123 and 124

Intermediate 123 and intermediate 124 (TFA salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119 and intermediate 120 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 125 and 126

Intermediate 125 and intermediate 126 (HCl salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119 and intermediate 112 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133 and 134

Intermediates 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133 and 134 were prepared from their respective starting materials in 2 steps (reductive amination and then deprotection) by using analogous reaction protocols as described for the preparation of intermediate 120 or intermediate 116, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 135, 136, 137 and 138

Preparation of Intermediate 135

To a stirred solution of 5-nitro-1,3-dihydro-2H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-one (CAS #: 93-84-5) (1.00 g, 5.58 mmol), 2-(4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethanol (CAS: 72388-13-7) (1.16 g, 5.58 mmol) and Ph 3 P (2.93 g, 11.16 mmol) in THF (20 mL) under Ar atmosphere at 0° C. was added DEAD (1.94 g, 11.16 mmol). The reaction was stirred under Ar atmosphere at room temperature for 16 h. The resulting mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=5/1, v/v) to give impure desired product (500 mg), which was further purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN). The resulting fractions were basified by NaHCO 3 (solid), extracted with ErOAc (10 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give desired product (mixture of two isomers, ca. 180 mg) as a white solid. The product was then separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; IA-H (2.5*25 cm, 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: MeOH/NH 3 (100/0.1); A:B=67/33; Flow rate: 60 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; Backpressure (BPR): 100 bar) to give intermediate 135 (86 mg, 4% yield, peak 2) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 136

To a solution of intermediate 135 (86 mg, 0.233 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) at room temperature was added 10% Pd/C (10 mg). The reaction was stirred tinder H 2 atmosphere at room temperature for 5 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to get intermediate 136 (65 mg) as a pale yellow solid.

Intermediate 137 and intermediate 138 (HCl salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119 and intermediate 116 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 139, 140, 141 and 142

Preparation of Intermediate 139

To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 6-nitro-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-1-carboxylate (CAS #: 438200-95-4) (630 mg, 2.26 mmol), 2-(4-(methylsulfonyl)-piperazin-1-yl)ethanol (CAS #: 72388-13-7) (940 mg, 4.52 mmol) and PPh 3 (11186 mg, 4.52 mmol) in THF (30 mL) under Ar atmosphere at 0° C. was added DEAD (984 mg, 5.65 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under Ar atmosphere at 50° C. overnight.

The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=1:1, v/v). The fractions were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in PE/EA (3/1, v/v, 20 mL), stirred at room temperature for 16 h, during which time white precipitate was formed. The mixture was filtered and the filter cake was collected to give intermediate 139 (1.36 g, 59% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 140

To a stirred solution of intermediate 139 (600 mug, 1.28 mmol) in THF (10 mil) at room temperature were added NH 4 Cl (410 mg, 7.68 mmol) and Zn (498 mg, 7.68 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 60° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel (PE:EA=1:1) to afford intermediate 140 (230 mg, 40% yield) as a white solid.

Intermediate 141 and intermediate 142 (HCl salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119 and intermediate 116 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 146, 147, 148 and 149

Preparation of Intermediate 146

A mixture of 2-(bromomethyl)-4-nitrobenzonitrile (CAS #: 852203-01-1) (310 mg, 1.29 mmol), morpholine (336 mg, 3.86 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (532 mg, 3.86 mmol) in CH 3 CN (6 mL) was stirred under Ar at 80° C. overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE/EtOAc (from 10:1 to 5:1, v/v) to give intermediate 146 (300 mg, 94% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 147

A suspension of intermediate 146 (300 mg, 1.21 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (30 mg) in MeOH (10 mL) was stirred under H 2 at 30° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude intermediate 147 as a white solid (250 mg, yield: 95%), which was used for the next step directly.

Intermediate 148 and intermediate 149 (TFA salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119 and intermediate 120 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 150, 151, 152 and 153

Intermediate 150, intermediate 151, intermediate 152 and intermediate 153 (TFA salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 146, intermediate 147, intermediate 119, and intermediate 120 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 154, 155, and 156

Preparation of Intermediate 154

To a stirred solution of 4-amino-2,3-difluorobenzoic acid (CAS #: 194804-85-8) (500 mg, 2.89 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at room temperature were added HOBt (585 mg, 4.34 mmol), EDCI (832 mg, 4.34 mmol), Et 3 N (1.2 g, 11.56 mmol) and methylamine hydrochloride (MeNH 2 HCl) (390 mg, 5.78 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with water (50 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluted with DCM/MeOH (from 30/1 to 20/1, v/v) to give intermediate 154 (360 mg, 67% yield) as a brown solid.

Intermediate 155 and intermediate 156 (TFA salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119 and intermediate 120 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 157, 158, and 159

Preparation of Intermediate 157

A mixture of 4-amino-3,5-difluorobenzoic acid (CAS #: 500577-99-1) (500 mg, 2.89 mmol), methylamine hydrochloride (393 mg, 5.78 mmol), HATU (1098 mg, 2.89 mmol) and Et 3 N (875 mg, 8.67 mmol) in THE (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluted with PE/EtOAc (3/1, v/v) to give intermediate 157 (400 mg, 74%) as a white solid.

Intermediate 158 and intermediate 159 (HCl salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119 and intermediate 116 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, and 165

Preparation of Intermediate 160

To a solution of methyl 2-bromo-4-nitrobenzoate (CAS #: 100959-22-6) (200 g, 7.69 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) were added H 2 O (10 mL), Cs 2 CO 3 (5.00 g, 15.38 mmol), 1-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine (CAS #: 454482-11-2) (2.60 g, 11.54 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (562 ng, 0.77 mmol). The reaction was stirred under Ar at 90° C. for 2 h. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (200 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (200 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluent: DCM/MeOH from 40/1 to 30/1, v/v) to give intermediate 160 (2.1 g, 99% yield) as a brown oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 161

To a stirred solution of intermediate 160 (210 g, 7.61 mmol) in THF (14 mL) was added aqueous LiOH (2 M, 7 mL). The reaction was stirred at 50° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was suspended in water (20 mL) and acidified with aqueous HCl (5 M) till pH equals 4. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under reduced pressure to give intermediate 161 (1.10 g, 55% yield) as a brown solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 162

To a stirred solution of intermediate 161 (500 mg, 1.91 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) were added methylamine hydrochloride (644 mg, 9.54 mmol), HATU (1.50 g, 3.82 mmol) and DIPEA (4 mL). The reaction was stirred at 60° C. overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with water (50 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give intermediate 162 (524 mg, 100% yield) as a brown solid, which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 163

To a solution of intermediate 162 (715 mg, 2.60 mmol) in MeOH (7 mL) was added PtO 2 (70 mg). The reaction was stirred under H 2 atmosphere at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filter cake was washed with MeOH. The combined filtrate was concentrated to give intermediate 163 (642 mg, 100% yield), which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Intermediate 164 and intermediate 165 (TFA salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119 and intermediate 120 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 166, 167, 168, and 169

Preparation of Intermediate 166

To a suspension of intermediate 161 (310 mg, 1.34 mmol) and morpholine (349 mg, 4.00 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at room temperature were added HATU (1.05 g, 2.67 mmol) and DIPEA (861 mg, 6.68 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL). The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried to give intermediate 166 (450 mg, 75% purity).

Preparation of Intermediate 167

To a solution of intermediate 166 (300 mg, crude product, ca. 0.89 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) were added 10% Pd/C (30 mg) and PtO 2 (30 mg, 10%). The reaction was stirred under H 2 at 40° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give intermediate 167 (400 mg, impure), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Intermediate 168 and intermediate 169 (TFA salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119 and intermediate 120 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 170, 171, and 172

Preparation of Intermediate 170

To a solution of 2-methyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)malononitrile (CAS #: 70877-27-9) (350 mg, crude product) in THF (5 mL) were added NH 4 Cl (932 mg, 17.41 mmol) and Zn (1.1 g, 17.41 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue dark oil was purified by prep-TLC (PE:EA=1:1, v/v) to get intermediate 170 (150 mg) as a white solid.

Intermediate 171 and intermediate 172 (TFA salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119 and intermediate 120 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediate 173, 174, 175, 176, and 177

Preparation of Intermediate 173

To a stirred solution of 2-bromo-4-nitrobenzoic acid (CAS #: 16426-64-5) (1.23 g, mmol) in DCM (15 mL) at room temperature were added EDCI (1.43 g, 7.5 mmol), HOBt (1.02 g, 7.5 mmol), DIPEA (1.9 g, 15 mmol) and methanamine hydrochloride (502 mg, 7.5 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL), washed with H 2 O (10 ml) and brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluent: PE:EA=4:1, v/v) to afford intermediate 173 (1.1 g, 84% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 174

To a stirred solution of intermediate 173 (1.1 g, 4.24 mmol) in THF (10 mL) under Ar at room temperature were added Et 3 N (10 ml), Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (300 mg) and N,N-dimethyl-prop-2-yn-1-amine (CAS #: 7223-38-3) (527 mg, 6.36 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL), washed with H 2 O (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate 174 (600 mg, 54% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 175

To a solution of intermediate 174 (600 mg, 2 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) at room temperature was added Pd(OH) 2 (100 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred under H 2 (15 psi) at 60° C. for 5 h. The cooled reaction mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give intermediate 175 (400 mg, 85% yield).

Intermediate 176 and intermediate 177 (HCl salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119 and intermediate 116 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 178, 179, 180, and 181

Intermediate 178 was prepared via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediate 179

A mixture of intermediate 178 (561 mg, 1.5 mmol) and NaOH (1.20 g, 30 mmol) in THF (10 mL), H 2 O (10 mL) and MeOH (10 mL) was stirred at 50° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and acidified with conc. HCl till pH equals 2. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to afford intermediate 179 (480 mg, 89% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 180

A mixture of intermediate 179 (480 mg, 1.3 mmol), methanamine hydrochloride (174 mg, 2.6 mmol), HOBT (270 mg, 1.95 mmol), EDCI (384 mg. 1.95 mmol) and Et 3 N (525 mg, 5.2 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was stirred at 50° C. overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (60 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to afford intermediate 180 (410 mg, 84% yield) as colorless oil.

described for the preparation of intermediate 120, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 182, 183, and 184

Intermediate 182 was prepared via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediate 183

A mixture of intermediate 182 (300 mg, 0.796 mmol), N 1 ,N 1 -dimethylethane-1,2-diamine (700 mg, 7.96 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (329 mg, 2.387 mmol) in DMSO (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 72 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluted with CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH (3/1) to give intermediate 183 (328 mg, 92% yield) as a yellow oil.

Intermediate 184 (TFA salt) was prepared via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 120, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 185, 186, and 187

Intermediate 185 was prepared via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediate 186

A mixture of intermediate 185 (345 mg, 1.0 mmol), 1-methylpiperazine (500 mg, 5.0 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (690 mg, 5.0 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at 120° C. for 12 h in a sealed tube under Ar. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM/MeOH=10/1, v/v) to afford intermediate 186 (60 mg, 14% yield) as a yellow oil.

Intermediate 187 (TFA salt) was prepared via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 120, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, and 193

Preparation of Intermediate 188

To a stirred solution of 2-hydroxy-4-nitrobenzonitrile (CAS #: 39835-14-8) (500 mg, 3.05 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) were added Cs 2 CO 3 (1.5 g, 4.57 mmol) and tert-butyl 4-(bromomethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (CAS #: 158407-04-6) (1.0 g, 3.66 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 120° C. overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 ml×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (50 ml×3), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE/EtOAc (from 5/1 to 3/1, v/v) to give intermediate 188 (364 mg, 33% yield) as a yellow solid.

Intermediate 189 (TFA salt) was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 120, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediate 190

To a stirred solution of intermediate 189 (312 mg, 1.20 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) and DCM (5 mL) were added HCHO (37% in H 2 O, 485 mg, 5.98 mmol) and AcOH (108 mg, 1.79 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, followed by the addition of NaBH(OAc) 3 (507 mg, 2.39 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (50 ml×3). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 190 (329 mg, 100% yield).

Intermediate 191, intermediate 192 and intermediate 193 (TFA salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 44, intermediate 119, and intermediate 120 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 194, 195, 196, and 197

Intermediates 194, 195, 196, and 197 (TFA salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediates 119, 179, 180 and intermediate 120 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 198, 199, 200 and 201

Intermediate 198 was prepared via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 119, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediate 199

To a stirred solution of intermediate 198 (800 mg, 2.02 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at room temperature was added aqueous NaOH (2 M, 6.0 mL). The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The resultant was acidified with aqueous HCl (1 M) till pH equals 4. The resulting mixture was filtered and the filter cake was dried to give intermediate 199 as a white solid (600 mg, 77% yield), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Intermediate 200 and intermediate 201 (TFA salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 166 and intermediate 120 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, and 207

Preparation of Intermediate 202

To a stirred solution of malononitrile (3.0 g, 45.45 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) under Ar at 0° C. was added NaH (2.6 g, 68.18 mmol) portionwise. After no gas created and colour changed from pink to yellow, 2-bromo-1-fluoro-4-nitrobenzene (CAS #: 701-45-1) (5.0 g, 22.73 mmol) was added into the mixture and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled down and aqueous HCl (5-6 M) was slowly added. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (500 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to get crude intermediate 202 (6.2 g) as brown oil. The product was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 203

To a stirred solution of intermediate 202 (6.2 g, crude product) in DMF (4 mL) at 0° C. was added NaH (1.3 g, 34.05 mmol) potionwise. After stirring for 0.5 h, CH 3 I (3.2 g, 22.70 mmol) was added into the mixture and the reaction was stirred at 80° C. overnight. The mixture was cooled and diluted with aq. HCl (6 M, 100 mL). The resultant was extracted with EtOAc (500 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to get the desired product as a brown oil. The oil was purified by silica gel column chromatography (DCM:MeOH=10:1, v/v) to afford intermediate 203 (4.1 g, 64% yield over 2 steps) as yellow oil.

Intermediates 204, 205, 206, and 207 (TFA salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediates 170, 119, 160, and 120 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 208, 209, 210, and 211

Intermediates 208, 209, 210 (TFA salt), and 211 were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of following intermediates in the column ‘Method used’, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 212, 213, and 214

Intermediates 212, 213, and 214 (HCl salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of following intermediates in the column ‘Method used’,

Preparation of Intermediate 215

Intermediate 215 was prepared via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of Compound 249, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 216, 217, 218, 219, and 220

Preparation of Intermediate 216

To a stirred solution of 3-chloroprop-1-yne (CAS #: 624-65-7) (500 mg, 6.7 mmol) in MeCN (10 ml) at room temperature were added 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine (CAS #: 55276-43-2) (1.1 g, 6.7 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (2.8 g, 20.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 16 h and cooled to room temperature. Then, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with EA (100 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM:MeOH=20:1 to 10:1, v/v) to give intermediate 216 (1.1 g, 81% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 217

A mixture of intermediate 216 (1.6 g, 8.1 mmol), methyl 2-bromo-4-nitrobenzoate (CAS #: 100959-22-6) (2.1 g, 8.1 mmol), CuI (308 mg, 1.62 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (592 mg, 0.81 mmol) and Et 3 N (2.46 g, 24.3 mmol) in DMF (60 mL) was stirred at 60° C. for 16 h and cooled to room temperature. Then, the reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was diluted with water (20 ml) and extracted with EA (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluent: PE:EA from 5:1 to 1:1, v/v) to give intermediate 217 (2.6 g, 84% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 218

To a solution of intermediate 217 (200 mg, 0.52 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) at room temperature was added 10% Pd/C (50 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred under H 2 atmosphere at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude intermediate 218 (200 mg) as a white solid, which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 219

To a stirred solution of intermediate 218 (100 mg, 0.28 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) at room temperature was added aq. KOH (5 M) (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 16 h. The cooled reaction mixture was directly purified by reversed phase chromatography (C18, 100% H 2 O v/v) to give intermediate 219 (100 mg, impure) as a colorless oil

Preparation of Intermediate 220

A mixture of intermediate 219 (100 mg, ca. 0.3 mmol), methylamine hydrochloride (102 mg, 1.5 mmol), HATU (171 mg, 0.45 mmol) and DIPEA (232 mg, 1.8 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EA (10 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (DCM:MeOH=10:1) to give intermediate 220 (30 mg) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediates 226, 227, 228, and 229

Preparation of Intermediate 226

A mixture of methyl 6-fluoronicotinate (CAS #: 1427-06-1) (106 mg, 0.69 mmol), tert-butyl 2-amino-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (CAS #: 1239319-94-8) (155 mg, 0.69 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (283 mg, 2.06 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was stirred at 120° C. overnight. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (15 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give the intermediate 226 (453 mg, 84% yield) as a light-yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 227

A mixture of intermediate 226 (200 mg, 0.55 mmol), NaOH (90 mg, 1.66 mmol) and THF/H 2 O (5:1, 6 mL) was stirred at 50° C. for 5 hours. The mixture was diluted with water (5 mL) and adjusted to pH=4˜5 with 1N HCl aqueous, extracted with EtOAc (15 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give intermediate 227 (188 mg, 98% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 228

To a solution of intermediate 227 (190 mg, 0.55 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) was added HAT U (481 mg, 1.1 mmol) and DIPEA (245 mg, 1.64 mmol) under Ar. After being stirred at room temperature for 20 min, N 1 ,N 1 -dimethylethane-1,2-diamine (56 mg, 0.55 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for another 30 min. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (15 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give intermediate 228 (200 mg, 88% yield) as a brown solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 229

A mixture of intermediate 228 (200 mg, 0.48 mmol) in 4 M HCl/dioxane (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The solvent was removed via vacuum to give the title compound intermediate 229 as a HCl salt (160 mg, 95% yield), which was used to the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediates 236, 237, 238, and 239

Preparation of Intermediate 236

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-amino-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (CAS #: 1239319-94-8) (1.86 g, 10 mmol) in dioxane (15 mL) was added 2-chloropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (CAS #: 89793-12-4) (2.26 g, 10 mmol) and DIEA (2.52 g, 20 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at 90° C. for 24 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, washed H 2 O (30 mL), extracted with EA (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was concentrated to give a residue which was purified by chromatograph on silica gel (PE:EA=4:1) to afford intermediate 236 (1.2 g, 46.10%) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 237

To a solution of intermediate 236, tert-butyl 2-((5-(ethoxycarbonyl)pyrimidin-2-yl)-amino)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (1.2 g, 3.19 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and H 2 O (10 mL) was added LiOH-1H 2 O (2.30 g, 9.57 mmol). After stirring at 20° C. for 2 h, the mixture was concentrated. The resultant was acidified by aq. HCl (1 M) till pH equals 4. The precipitate was collected and dried to afford intermediate 237 (1.0 g, 90% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 238

To a solution of intermediate 237, 2-((6-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)amino)pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid (720 mg, 3 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added EDCI (859 mg, 4.5 mmol), HOBt (612 mg, 4.5 mmol) and DIEA (1.16 g, 9 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 12 h, the mixture was concentrated, the residue was diluted with EA (20 mL), washed with H 2 O (10 ml) and brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give intermediate 238 (500 mg, 69% yield).

Preparation of Intermediate 239

To a solution of intermediate 238 (500 mg, 1.21 mmol) in HCl/1.4-dioxane (4 M, 10 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give intermediate 239 (400 mg, crude HCl salt) as a yellow solid, which was used to the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediates 240 and 241

Preparation of Intermediate 240

A mixture of intermediate 237 (348 mg, 1.0 mmol), morpholine (344 mg, 4.0 mmol), HOBT (203 mg, 1.5 mmol), EDCI (288 mg. 1.5 mmol) and Et 3 N (202 mg, 2.0 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was stirred at 50° C. overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (60 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to afford intermediate 240 (410 mg, 98% yield) as a yellow oil.

A mixture of intermediate 240, tert-butyl 2-((5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (410 mg, 0.98 mmol) and TFA (2 mL) in DCM (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated to afford intermediate 241 (430 mg, TFA salt) as an orange oil, which was used to the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediates 243 and 244

Preparation of Intermediate 243

A mixture of intermediate 17 (600 mg, 1.26 mmol), 2,4,6-trimethyl-1,3,5,2,4,6-trioxatriborinane (790 mg, 6.30 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (88 mg, 0.12 mmol) and Cs 2 CO 3 (822 mg, 2.52 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) and H 2 O (4 mL) was stirred under Ar at 110° C. for 2 h. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Petroleum ether/EtOAc=3/1, v/v) to give intermediate 243 (400 mg, 70% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 244

TFA (2 mL) was added to a mixture of intermediate 243 (400 mg, 0.88 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was treated with amberlyst A-21 ion exchange resin in MeOH (5 mL) for 10 minutes, filtered and concentrated to give intermediate 244 (300 mg, 96% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediates 245, 246, 247, and 248

Preparation of Intermediate 245

To a stirred solution of methyl 2-cyanoacetate (CAS #: 105-34-0) (22.0 g, 220 mmol) and 4,4,4-trifluorobutanal (CAS #: 406-87-1) (25.0 g, 200 mmol) in MeOH (16 mL) was added DIPEA (42.0 g, 340 mmol) and Sulphur (7.1 g, 220 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 70° C. overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluent: PE:EA=10:1, v/v) to afford intermediate 245 (31.0 g, 64% yield) as a light yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 246

A suspension of intermediate 245 (200 mg, 0.84 mmol) and carbamimidic chloride (CAS #: 29671-92-9) (106 mg, 0.92 mmol) in di-ethylene Glycol Dimethyl Ether (DGEDME) (2 mL) was stirred at 160° C. for 3 h with microwave irradiation. Subsequently, the cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water and filtered to give intermediate 246 (110 mg) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 247

A solution of intermediate 246 (110 mg, 0.441 mmol), tert-butyl 6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-ylcarbamate (CAS #: 1341038-64-9) (200 mg, 0.882 mmol), BOP (293 mg, 0.661 mmol) and DBU (201 mg, 1.32 mmol) in DMF/DMSO (2 mL/2 mL) was stirred at 60° C. for 2 h. Subsequently, the cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with DCM/MeOH (from 100:1 to 50:1) to give intermediate 247 (200 mg, 68% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 248

A solution of intermediate 247 (200 mg, 0.437 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (3 M) (4 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was treated with amberlyst A-21 ion exchange resin to give intermediate 248 as a yellow solid (160 mg), which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediates 249, 250, and 251

Preparation of Intermediate 249

A mixture of aniline (100 mg, 1.07 mmol) and tert-butyl 2-oxo-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (CAS #: 203661-71-6) (242 mg, 1.07 mmol) was dissolved in DCE (4 mL) and Ti(i-PrO) 4 (305 mg, 1.07 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. NaBH(OAc) 3 (684 mg, 3.21 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EA (20 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude intermediate 249, which was used for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 250

Intermediate 250 (TFA salt) and intermediate 251 were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 120 and intermediate 24 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 252, 253, and 254

Preparation of Intermediate 252

A mixture of 6-fluoronicotinic acid (CAS #: 403-45-2) (200 mg, 1.41 mmol), DIPEA (364 mg, 2.82 mmol), tert-butyl (3-aminopropyl)carbamate (CAS #: 75178-96-0) (246 mg, 1.41 mmol) and HATU (643 mg, 1.68 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate (5 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give intermediate 252 (250 mg, 60% yield) as a white solid, which was used to the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 253

A mixture of intermediate 3 (482 mg, 1.41 mmol; TFA salt), DIPEA (546 mg, 4.23 mmol) and intermediate 252 (419 mg, 1.41 mmol) in DMSO (10 mL) was stirred at 80° C. overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was poured into water and the suspension was filtered. The filter cake was washed with water, dried under vacuo to give intermediate 253 (448 mg, 51% yield) as a white solid.

Intermediate 254 (HCl salt) was prepared by an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 116, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediate 255

Intermediate 255 was prepared by the method indicated in the scheme below:

Intermediate 256 was prepared by the method indicated in the scheme below:

Preparation of Intermediate 258

Intermediate 258 corresponds with CAS #: 73778-92-4.

Preparation of Intermediates 259 and 260

Intermediate 259 corresponds with CAS #: 114474-26-9. Hydrogenation of the nitro group according to well-known methods afforded intermediate 260.

Preparation of Intermediate 261

Intermediate 261 was prepared by analogy to the procedure described in European Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011, 46(7), 2917-2929.

Preparation of Intermediate 262

Intermediate 262 was prepared by the method indicated in the scheme below:

Preparation of Intermediate 263

Intermediate 263 was prepared by analogy to the procedure described in European Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2016, 117, 197-211.

Preparation of Intermediate 264

Intermediate 264 was prepared by analogy to the procedure described in Tetrahedron Letters, 2010, 51(24), 3232-3235.

Preparation of Intermediate 265

Intermediate 265 corresponds with CAS #: 99068-33-4

Preparation of Intermediate 266

Intermediate 266 was prepared by the method indicated in the scheme below using well known synthetic procedures

Preparation of Intermediate 267

The intermediate 267 was prepared by the method indicated in the scheme below:

Preparation of Intermediate 268

The intermediate 268 was prepared by the method indicated in the scheme below:

Preparation of Intermediate 269

Intermediate 269 was prepared by the method indicated in the scheme below:

Preparation of Intermediate 270

Intermediate 270 was prepared by the method indicated in the scheme below:

Preparation of Intermediate 271

Intermediate 271 was prepared by analogy to the procedure described in WO201314162.

Preparation of Intermediates 301, 302 and 272

Intermediate 301 was prepared from 5-nitro-1,3-dihydro-2H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-one (CAS #: 984-5) and bromoacetamide (CAS #: 683-57-8) by the method indicated in the scheme below:

The intermediate 272 was prepared from intermediate 301 by the method indicated in the scheme below:

The intermediate 302 was prepared from intermediate 301 by the method indicated in the scheme below:

Preparation of Intermediate 273

Intermediate 273 was prepared by the method indicated in the scheme below:

Preparation of Intermediate 274

Intermediate 274 was prepared by the method indicated in the scheme below:

Preparation of Intermediate 275

Intermediate 275 was prepared by analogy to the procedure described in WO201657834.

Preparation of Intermediates 276 and 277

Preparation of Intermediate 276

Tert-butyl 2-oxo-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (800 mg, 3.55 mmol), 2-(4-aminophenyl)acetonitrile (563 mg, 4.26 mmol), acetic acid (426 mg, 7.09 mmol) and acetonitrile (20 mL) were added to a 40 mL glass vial. The resulting mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 1 hour and then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (3.01 g, 14.2 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 40° C. for another 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into DCM (100 mL) before washed with water (50 mL×3). The organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by FCC (eluent: petroleum ether:ethyl acetate from 1:0 to 0:1) to give intermediate 276 (800 mg, 64.5% yield) as yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 277

Tert-butyl 2-((4-(cyanomethyl)phenyl)amino)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate intermediate 276 (400 mg, 1.17 mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) and dry dichloromethane (5 mL) were added to a 100 mL round-bottomed flask. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 277 (500 mg, crude TFA salt) as yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 279

Intermediate 278 and intermediate 279 (TFA salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of Compound 277 and intermediate 120 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 280 and 281

Intermediate 280 (TFA salt) and intermediate 281 were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 120 and Compound 377 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 282 and 283 ID-282

Intermediate 282 and intermediate 283 (TFA salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 276 and intermediate 80 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 284 and 285

Preparation of Intermediate 284

2,4-dichloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 2055107-43-0) (850 mg, 2.96 mmol), 6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-one hydrochloride (479 mg, 2.96 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.92 g, 14.9 mmol) and dry THF (10 mL) were added to a 50 mL round-bottomed flask which was stirred at 75° C. for 5 h. The mixture was cooled to 25° C. and diluted into dichloromethane (50 mL), washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product which was purified by FCC (ethyl acetate/petroleum ether=0% to 70%) give intermediate 284 (1.20 g, 90.0% purity by 1 H NMR, 97.0% yield) as a white powder.

Intermediate 284 (1.20 g, 3.19 mmol) and N-methyl 2-pyrrolidone (5 mL) were added to a microwave tube before methanamine (1.98 g, 63.8 mmol, 30-40% in ethanol) was added to the mixture. The sealed tube was heated at 100° C. for 30 min under microwave irradiation. The mixture was cooled to 25° C. and diluted into dichloromethane (40 mL), washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude which was purified by FCC (ethyl acetate/petroleum ether=0% to 70%) to give intermediate 285 (500 mg, 40.2% yield) as a light yellow powder.

Preparation of Intermediates 286 and 287

Intermediate 286 and intermediate 287 were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 284 and intermediate 285 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Intermediates 288 and 289

Preparation of Intermediate 288

Intermediate 245 (3 g, 12.54 mmol) was dissolved in MeCN (75 ml). HCl (1,4-dioxane) (75 mL, 300 mmol) was added at 25° C. and stirred at rt for 1.5 hours. The mixture then was stirred at 100° C. for 4 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude intermediate 288, which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 289

Intermediate 288 (4.5 g, 18.129 mmol) was added to a 250 mL round-bottomed flask. Phosphoryl chloride (40 g, 260.872 mmol) was added to the flask in portions. The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 5 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue which was dissolved in EtOAc (200 mL). The EtOAc layer was poured into ice and the pH was adjusted to 10-11 with NaHCO 3 (sat. aq.). The organic layer was washed with water (100 mL×3), brine (100 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue which was purified by FCC (EA:PE=0 to 5%) to give intermediate 289 as yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediates 290 and 291

Preparation of Intermediate 290

Tert-butyl 2-amino-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (CAS #: 1239319-94-8) (100 mg, 0.442 mmol), 3-cyanobenzene-1-sulfonyl chloride (178 mg, 0.883 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (172 mg, 1.33 mmol) and dry dichloromethane (4 mL) were added to a 40 mL glass bottle, the resultant mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The mixture was diluted into dichloromethane (50 mL). The organic was washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude which was purified by prep-TLC (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=1/1, R f =0.2) to give intermediate 290 (150 mg, 90.0% purity, 78.0% yield) as a light yellow powder.

Preparation of Intermediate 291

Intermediate 290 (150 mg, 0.383 mmol), acetonitrile (4 mL) and hydrochloric acid/ethyl acetate (10.0 mL, 40.0 mmol) were added to a 100 mL round-bottomed flask which was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 291 (120 mg, HCl salt, 90.0% purity, 86.0% yield) as a white powder.

Preparation of Intermediate 292 and intermediate 293

Intermediates 292 (HCl salt) and 293 (HCl salt) were prepared from their respective starting materials in 2 steps by using analogous reaction protocols as described for the preparation of intermediate 291 (via intermediate 290), starting from tert-butyl 2-amino-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane-6-carboxylate (CAS #: 1239319-94-8) and the corresponding sulfonyl chlorides.

HCl salt Intermediate 293

Preparation of Intermediate 294

A stir bar, 5-chloropyrazine-2-carboxylic acid (800 mg, 5.05 mmol), methylamine hydrochloride (409 mg, 6.06 mmol), DIEA (2.61 g, 20.2 mmol), and CH 2 Cl 2 (40 mL) was added to a 50 mL round-bottom flask. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. T 3 P (3.21 g, 5.05 mmol, 50% in EtOAc) was added to the mixture. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:0 to 4:6) to give intermediate 294 as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 295

Intermediate 295 was prepared via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 294, starting from 6-chloropyridazine-3-carboxylic acid (CAS #: 5096-73-1) and morpholine.

Preparation of Intermediate 296

A stir bar, 6-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-amine hydrochloride (intermediate 3a) (500 mg, HCl salt, 1.32 mmol), methyl 2-cyano-4-fluorobenzoate (284 mg, 1.59 mmol), potassium carbonate (365 mg, 2.64 mmol) and dimethylsulfoxide (6 mL) were added to a 25 mL round-bottomed flask, the resultant mixture was heated and stirred at 60° C. for 12 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and suspended into dichloromethane (40 mL) and washed with water (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude which was purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Xtimate C18 150*25 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.04% N1H 3 H 2 O+10 mM NH 4 OHCO 3 ), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 30 mL/min, gradient condition from 40% B to 70%). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give a residue. The residue was partitioned between acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The solution was lyophilized to dryness to give intermediate 296 as a white powder.

Preparation of Intermediates 297 and 298

Preparation of Intermediate 297

Tert-butyl 6-oxo-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate (CAS #: 1181816-12-5) (250 mg, 1.18 mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) and dry dichloromethane (2 mL) were added to a 100 mL round-bottomed flask. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 297 (300 mg, crude TFA salt) as yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 298

Intermediate 297 (200 mg, 0.89 mmol), 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]-pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (224 mg, 0.89 mmol) and dry dichloromethane (8 mL) were added to a 40 mL glass bottle. N,N-diisopropylethylamine (574 mg, 4.44 mmol) was added to the reaction solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into DCM (30 mL) before washed with water (20 mL×3). The organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by preparative-TLC (SiO 2 , PE:EtOAc=1:1, Rf=0.6) to give intermediate 298 (250 mg, 91.1% purity, 78.3% yield) as yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediates 299 and 300

Intermediate 299 and intermediate 300 (HCl salt) were prepared respectively via an analogous reaction protocol as described for the preparation of intermediate 4 and intermediate 16 respectively, starting from the respective starting materials.

Preparation of Compounds 1 and 2

To a solution of Intermediate 7 (216 mg) in i PrOH (10 mL) was added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (233 mg, 0.88 mmol) and DIPEA (457 mg, 3.54 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, the mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc and H 2 O, the aqueous layer was extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined extracts ware concentrated in vacuo and purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767, Column: Xbridge C18 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (10 mmol NH 4 HCO 3 ), B: ACN) to give the Compound 1 (61.9 mg) as a white solid and Compound 2 (99.0 mg) as a white solid.

Compound 1 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.26-7.23 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.80 (m, 6H), 3.58 (s, 2H), 2.62-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.00 (m, 21H), 1.95-1.92 (n, 2H), 1.75-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.35 (m, 41H).

Compound 2 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.26-7.25 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.83 (m, 4H), 3.83-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 2.60-2.56 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.28 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compounds 3, 4, 5 and 6

To a solution of crude Intermediate 8 (550 mg) in isopropanol (6 mL) was added DIPEA (806 mg, 6.25 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (525 mg, 2.08 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 5 h, the reaction mixture was added water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give the two diastereoisomers. The two diastereoisomers were separated by SFC (condition: Waters, stationary phase: AD 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /EtOH (40% ACN, 0.2% DEA)=60/40) condition 2: Waters, stationary phase: IA 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /IPA (15% ACN, 0.2% DEA)=50/50) to give Compound 3 (59.8 mg), Compound 4 (54.9 mg), Compound 5 (105.9 mg), and Compound 6 (103.6 mg).

Compound 3 1 H NMR: MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.30 (s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.27 (m, 4H), 7.22-7.20 (m, 1H), 4.05 (q, J=11.2 Hz, 2H), 3.83-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.64-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.16-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.44 (m, 4H).

Compound 4 1 HNMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.27-7.25 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.84 (m, 4H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 3.76-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.29-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.06 (m, 4H), 1.86-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.72 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.57-1.51 (m, 2H).

Compound 5 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.29 (m, 4H), 7.26-7.24 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.84 (m, 4H), 3.81-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 3.28-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.55 (m, 3H).

Compound 6 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.29 (m, 4H), 7.25-7.22 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.84 (m, 4H), 3.81-3.78 (m, 2H) 3.74 (s, 2H), 3.28-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.55 (m, 3H).

Preparation of Compound 7

To a solution of Intermediate 2 (130 mg) in dioxane (3 mL) was added bromobenzene (50.0 mg, 0.32 mmol), t BuONa (88.3 mg, 0.64 mmol), Brettphos (5 mg), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (5 mg). The mixture was stirred at 130° C. under microwave for 2 h. The mixture was washed by H 2 O, extracted with EtOAc twice, and combined the organic layers. The extracts ware concentrated in vacuo and purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to afford Compound 7 (28.7 ng) as white solid.

Compound 7 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz):): δ (8.25 (s, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.14-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.70-6.58 (m, 3H), 4.50-4.20 (m, 4H), 3.96-3.80 (m, 3H), 2.44-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.10 (m, 2-1), 2.08-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.58 (m, 1H)

Preparation of Compound 8

To a solution of intermediate 3 (200 mg) in DCM (10 mL) was added 3-(cyanomethyl)benzoic acid (47.0 mg, 0.292 mmol) and EDCI (84 mg, 0.438 mmol), HOBT (67.4 mg, 0.438 mmol), TEA (88.5 mg, 0.876 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 16 h, the mixture was concentrated to give a residue which was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give Compound 8 (110 mg) as a light yellow solid (a TFA salt).

Compound 8 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.45 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.78-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.43 (m, 2H), 4.59-4.55 (m, 1H), 4.00-3.90 (m, 8H), 2.56-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.18 (m, 4H).

Preparation of Compound 9

To a solution of intermediate 3 (200 mg) in DCM (10 mL) was added 3-(2-cyanopropan-2-yl)benzoic acid (55.2 mg, 0.292 mmol) and EDCI (84 mg, 0.438 mmol), HOBT (67.4 mg, 0.438 mmol), TEA (88.5 mg, 0.876 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature 16 h, the mixture was concentrated to give a residue which was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give Compound 9 (105 mg) as a light yellow solid (a TFA salt).

Compound 9 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.43 (d, 1H, J=11.2 Hz), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.81-7.70 (m, 3H), 7.54-7.50 (m, 1H), 4.62-4.58 (m, 1H), 4.04-3.90 (m, 6H), 2.60-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.18 (m, 4H), 1.76 (s, 6H).

Preparation of Compounds 10, 11 and 12

Compound 10: mixture of cis and trans—a TFA salt

Compound 11: trans or cis

Compound 12: cis or trans

To a solution of intermediate 3 (200 mg) in DCM (10 mL) was added 4-(cyano-methyl)benzoic acid (47.0 mg, 0.292 mmol) and EDCI (84 mg, 0.438 mmol), HOBT (67.4 mg, 0.438 mmol), TEA (88.5 mg, 0.876 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 16 h, the mixture was concentrated to give a residue which was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters® 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give Compound 10 (65 mg) (as a TFA salt) as a light yellow solid (TFA salt), which was separated by SFC (condition: UPC 2 ™ (Waters®), stationary phase: AS, 3 um, 3*100, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH (0.3% DEA)=70/30) to afford Compound 11 (trans or cis) (10.7 mg) (free base) as pink solid and Compound 12 (cis or trans) (9.9 mg) as white solid (free base).

Compound 10 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.47 (d, J=9.6 Hz 1H,), 7.88-7.79 (m, 3H), 7.78 (d, J=7.6 Hz 2H,), 4.61-4.59 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.93 (m, 8H), 2.58-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.20 (m, 4H).

Preparation of Compound 14

To a solution of Intermediate 2 (100 mg) in MeOH (2 mL) was added 2-oxo-1,3-dihydrobenzimidazole-5-carbaldehyde (71 mg, 0.44 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. NaBH 3 CN (37 mg, 0.58 mmol) was then added into the mixture and stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc and H 2 O, separated and extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined extracts were concentrated in vacuo and purified by prep-HPLC (Waters® 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% Formate/H 2 O, B: ACN) to afford Compound 14 (49.1 mg) (a formate salt).

Compound 14 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): 8.50 (s, 1H, formate CHO), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.10 (m, 1H), 4.39-4.30 (m, 4H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 3.87 (q, J=10.4 Hz, 2H), 3.71-3.61 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.80 (m, 1H).

Preparation of Compounds 15, 55 and 56

To a solution of 2-oxo-3H-1,3-benzoxazole-6-carbaldehyde (300 mg, crude) in MeOH (4 mL) was added Intermediate 2 (200 mg), AcOH (3 drops). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, then NaBH 3 CN (115.6 mg, 1.84 mmol) was allowed to added into the solution at 0° C. and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was washed with H 2 O, extracted with EA twice, and combined. The organic layers ware concentrated in vacuo and purified by prep-HPLC (Waters® 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% Formate/H 2 O, B: ACN) to afford Compound 15 (184.6 mg) (a formate salt) as a white solid. Compound 15 was separated by SFC (OJ, 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH (0.03% DEA)=70/30, 70 ml/min) to afford Compound 55 (36.54 mg, R T =1.836 min 13% yield) and Compound 56 (52.05 mg, 0.2 formate, R T =2.175 min 18% yield).

Compound 15: 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.50 (s, 1H, formate CHO), 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.15 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.31 (m, 4H), 4.22 (s, 2H), 3.87 (q, J=10.4 Hz, 2H), 3.73-3.69 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.82 (m, 1H).

Compound 55: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.47 (brs, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.31 (m, 4H), 4.22 (s, 2H), 3.87 (q, J=10.4 Hz, 2H), 3.73-3.69 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.82 (m, 1H).

Compound 56: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.31-4.12 (m, 5H), 4.06 (q, J=11.2 Hz, 2H), 2.24-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.08-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.96-1.86 (m, 3H), 1.64-1.59 (m, 1H).

Preparation of Compounds 16, 57 and 58

To a solution of 2-oxo-3H-1,3-benzoxazole-5-carbaldehyde (200.0 mg, 1.23 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) was added Intermediate 2 (419 mg), AcOH (3 drops). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, then NaBH 3 CN (115.60 mg, 1.84 mmol) was added to the solution at 0° C. and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was washed with H 2 O, extracted with EtOAc twice, and the organic layers were combined. The extracts ware concentrated in vacuo and purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to afford Compound 16 (55.9 mg) as a white solid.

Alternative Synthesis of Compound 16

To a solution of 2-oxo-2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]oxazole-5-carbaldehyde (200 mg, 1.23 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added Intermediate 2 (503 mg, 1.47 mmol) and AcOH (2 drops) at room temperature. After being stirred for 2 hours, NaBH(OAc) 3 (522 mg, 2.46 mmol) was added into the solution and the obtained mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by prep-HPLC (Waters® 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% NH 4 OH/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give Compound 16.

Compound 16 was separated by SFC (IE, 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH=65/35, 60 ml/min) to afford Compound 57 (41.81 mg, 6.97%, R T =6.248) as a white solid and Compound 58 (37.71 mg, 6.28%, R T =6.683) as a white solid.

Compound 16: 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz):): δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.19-7.08 (m, 3H), 4.50-4.10 (m, 3H), 3.86 (q, J=10.8 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (s, 2H), 3.28-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.16-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.85-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.64-1.52 (m, 1H)

Compound 57: 1 H NMR MeOH-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 3H), 4.42-4.29 (m, 4H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 3.87 (q, J=10.4 Hz, 2H), 3.61-3.58 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.14 (m, 2H), 2.08-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.75 (m, 1H) Compound 58: 1 H NMR MeOH-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.24 (m, 3H), 4.43-4.27 (m, 4H), 4.20 (s, 2H), 3.88 (q, J=10.4 Hz, 2H), 3.71-3.67 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.80 (m, 1H)

Preparation of Compound 17

To a solution of 3-(1H-pyrazol-3-yl)benzaldehyde (200 mg, 1.16 mmol) in 1,2-Di-chloroethane (4 mL) was added Intermediate 2 (419 mg), AcOH (3 drops) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, then NaBH(OAc) 3 (390 mg, 1.84 mmol) was added to the solution at 0° C. and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was washed with H 2 O, extracted with EtOAc twice, and the organic layers were combined. The extracts ware concentrated in vacuo and purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to afford Compound 17 (84.0 mg, a TFA salt) as a white solid.

Compound 17 1 H NMR DMSO-d6 (400 MHz): δ 9.06 (brs, 2H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1), 7.50 (t, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 6.73 (d, J=2.54 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.20 (m, 5H), 4.02-4.08 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.67 (m, 1H), 2.12 (m, 2H), 2.11-1.96 (m, 4H), 1.81-1.79 (m, 1H)

Preparation of Compound 18

To a solution of intermediate 2 (200 mg) in DCM (10 mL) was added 3-(cyanomethyl)-benzoic acid (47.0 mg, 0.292 mmol) and EDCI (84 mg, 0.438 mmol), HOBT (67.4 mg, 0.438 mmol), TEA (88.5 mg, 0.876 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature 16 h, the mixture was concentrated to give a residue which was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give Compound 18 (106 mg) (a TFA salt) as yellow oil.

Compound 18 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.41 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.79-7.77 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.47 (m, 3H), 4.73-4.40 (m, 5H), 3.98-3.91 (m, 4H), 2.56-2.49 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.03 (m, 4H), 1.83-1.80 (m, 1H).

Preparation of Compound 19

To a solution of intermediate 2 (200 mg) in DCM (10 mL) was added 4-(cyano-methyl)benzoic acid (55.2 mg, 0.292 mmol) and EDCI (84 mg, 0.438 mmol), HOBT (67.4 mg, 0.438 mmol), TEA (88.5 mg, 0.876 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature 16 h, the mixture was concentrated to give a residue which was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give Compound 19 (50 mg) as a light yellow solid.

Compound 19 1 H NMR MeOH-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 4.47-4.41 (m, 5H), 3.91-3.83 (m, 2H), 2.51-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.76 (m, 7H).

Preparation of Compound 20

To a solution Intermediate 2 (200 mg) in DCM (10 mL) was added 4-(cyano-methyl)benzoic acid (47.0 mg, 0.292 mmol) and EDCI (84 mg, 0.438 mmol), HOBT (67.4 mg, 0.438 mmol), TEA (88.5 mg, 0.876 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature 16 h, the mixture was concentrated to give a residue which was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give Compound 20 (65 mg) (a TFA salt) as yellow oil.

Compound 20 1 H NMR MeOH-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.45-4.41 (m, 5H), 4.00-3.91 (m, 4H), 2.54-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.03 (m, 4H), 1.83-1.77 (m, 1H).

Preparation of Compounds 22, 23 and 24

To a solution of intermediate 3 (200 mg) in DCM (8 mL) was added benzenesulfonyl chloride (52.0 mg, 0.292 mmol) and TEA (88.5 mg, 0.876 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 16 h, the mixture was concentrated to give a residue which was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give Compound 22 (50 mg, 35.48% yield (a TFA salt) as a yellow solid. Compound 22 was separated by SFC (condition: SFC80(Waters), stationary phase: OJ 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH (0.1% DEA)=75/25) to afford Compound 23 (trans or cis) (free base) (3.99 mg) as a pink solid and Compound 24 (cis or trans) (free base) (8.26 mg) as a white solid.

Compound 22 1 H NMR MeOH-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.43 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.87-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.77-7.71 (m, 1H), 7.63-7.52 (m, 3H), 3.98-3.75 (m, 7H), 2.29-1.91 (m, 6H).

Alternative Preparation Compound 22, and Conversion to Compounds 25 and 26

To a solution of intermediate 3 (400 mg) and TEA (177 mg, 1.75 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added benzenesulfonyl chloride (133 mg, 0.76 mmol) at 0° C. After stirring at 0° C. for 2 h, the reaction mixture was added water (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by prep-TLC to give Compound 22 (280 mg).

To a solution of Compound 22 (280 mg) and K 2 CO 3 (240 mg, 1.74 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added iodomethane (247 mg, 1.74 mmol) at 0° C. After stirring at 0° C. for 2 h, the reaction mixture was added water (20 mL) and extracted with EA (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give 100 mg racemic product. The racemic product was separated by SFC (condition: SFC80(Waters), stationary phase: AS 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH (0.3% DEA)=60/40) to give Compound 25 (trans or cis) (45.50 mg, 97.5% purity) as a white solid, and Compound 26 (cis or trans) (48.52 mg, 99.3% purity) as a white solid.

Compound 25 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.81-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.65-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.57 (m, 2H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.86 (m, 3H), 3.83-3.79 (m, 3H), 2.71 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.19 (m, 4H), 2.03 (m, 2H).

Compound 26 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.82-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.65-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.62-7.58 (m, 3H), 4.10-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.81 (m, 4H), 3.73 (m, 2H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.31-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.10 (m, 4H).

Preparation of Compounds 27, 28 and 29

To a solution of 4-(methanesulfonamido)benzoic acid (100 mg, 0.292 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added intermediate 3 (63 mg) and EDCI (84 mg, 0.438 mmol), HOBT (67.4 mg, 0.438 mmol), TEA (88.5 mg, 0.876 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature 16 h, the mixture was concentrated to give a residue which was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give Compound 27 (55 mg) as a light yellow solid. A part of Compound 27 (26.4 mg) was separated by SFC (condition: SFC80(Waters), stationary phase: OJ 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH (0.3% DEA)=70/30) to afford Compound 28 (trans or cis) (6.88 mg) as a pink solid and Compound 29 (cis or trans) (9.91 mg) as a white solid.

Compound 27 1 H NMR meOH-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.29 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.68-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.60-4.56 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.83 (m, 6H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.54-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.12 (m, 4H).

Preparation of Compound 30

To a solution of 3-(1H-pyrazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (130 mg, 0.69 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added Intermediate 2 (340 mg) and EDCI (197 mg, 1.0 mmol), HOBT (139 mg, 1.0 mmol), DIPEA (267 mg, 2.07 mmol), After stirring at room temperature for 12 h, The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc and H 2 O, the aqueous layer was extracted twice with EA. The combined extracts ware concentrated and purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% HCOOH), B: ACN) to give Compound 30 (50.1 mg) (a formate salt) as a white solid.

Compound 30 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 13.0 (brs, 1H), 8.51-8.48 (m, 2H, formate CHO), 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.93-7.91 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.43 (m, 2H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 4.38-4.20 (m, 4H), 4.09-4.01 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.11-1.91 (m, 5H), 1.73-1.63 (m, 1H)

Preparation of Compounds 31, 32, 33 and 34

To a solution of Intermediate 11 (517 mg (crude)) in Isopropanol (15 mL) was added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (369 mg, 1.459 mmol) and DIPEA (753 mg, 5.836 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, the mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by column chromatography (PE/EA=1/1) to afford non-racemic product (418 mg), which was separated by SFC (condition: SFC80 (Waters), stationary phase: IE 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /EtOH (15% ACN)=65/35) to afford Compound 31 (81.7 mg), Compound 32 (52.8 mg), Compound 33 (60.8 mg) and Compound 34 (60.8 mg).

Compound 31 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.65-6.57 (m, 3H), 4.00-3.85 (m, 5H), 3.72-3.50 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.73 (m, 11-1), 1.70-1.59 (m, 31-).

Compound 32 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.65-6.57 (m, 3H), 4.00-3.85 (m, 5H), 3.72-3.50 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.59 (m, 3H).

Compound 33 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.11-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.66-6.58 (m, 3H), 3.96-3.82 (m, 7H), 2.24-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.59 (n, 31-).

Compound 34 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.26 (s, 1-), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.66-6.58 (m, 3H), 3.98-3.82 (m, 7H), 2.24-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.59 (m, 3H).

Preparation of Compound 35

A mixture of Intermediate 3 (131 mg), bromobenzene (50 mg, 0.32 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (5 mg, 10%), BrettPhos (5 mg, 10%) and t BuONa (92 mg, 0.95 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) was stirred under microwaved at 130° C. for 2 h. The reaction was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.10% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give Compound 35 (42.26 mg) as a yellow solid.

Compound 35 1 H NMR DMSO-d6 (400 MHz): δ 8.32 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=14.8 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.52-6.50 (m, 3H), 5.89-5.85 (m, 1H), 4.05 (q, J=10.8 Hz, 2H), 3.92-3.87 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.41 (m, 2H), 211-2.09 (m, 1H), 2.07-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.96-1.87 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compounds 36 and 37

To a solution of intermediate 3 (400 mg) and TEA (354 mg, 3.50 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added benzoyl chloride (163 mg, 1.17 mmol) at 0° C. After stirring at 0° C. for 2 h, the reaction mixture was added water (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give 120 mg of residue which was separated by SFC (condition: SFC80(Waters), stationary phase: OJ 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH (0.3% DEA)=60/40) to give Compound 36 (30.92 mg, 98.8% purity) as a white solid, and Compound 37 (43.84 mg, 99.5% purity) as a white solid.

Compound 36 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.83-7.81 (m, 2H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.54-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.43 (m, 2H), 4.61-4.57 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.93 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.85 (m, 4H), 2.56-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.08 (m, 2H).

Compound 37 1 H NMR MeOD-d4 (400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.83-7.81 (m, 2H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.54-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.43 (m, 2H), 4.61-4.57 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.88 (m, 3H), 3.86-3.83 (m, 3H), 2.52-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.25 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compound 38

To a solution of Intermediate 10 (157 mg (crude)) in isopropanol (5 mL) was added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (184 mg, 0.727 mmol) and DIPEA (0.48 mL, 2.91 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, the mixture was concentrated, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN). The desired fraction were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give Compound 38 (109.5 mg, 99.2% purity).

Compound 38 1 H NMR CDCl 3 (400 MHz): δ 8.42 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.72-6.69 (m, 1H), 6.62-6.59 (m, 2H), 3.84-3.80 (m, 3H), 3.72 (s, 1H), 3.62 (q, J=10.4 Hz, 2H), 3.21-3.18 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.01 (m, 4H), 1.91-1.83 (m, 2H)

Preparation of Compound 39

To a solution of crude Intermediate 15 (35 mg, 0.125 mmol) in isopropanol (6 mL) was added DIPEA (48 mg, 0.375 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]-pyrimidine (32 mg, 0.125 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 5 h, the reaction mixture was added water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN). The desired fraction were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give Compound 39 (35.1 mg, 98.70% purity).

Compound 39 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.82-7.80 (m, 3H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.62-7.56 (m, 3H), 4.07 (q, J=10.8 Hz, 2H), 3.63-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.58-3.55 (m, 2H), 2.37 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.72 (m, 3H), 1.68-1.64 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.44 (m, 3H).

Preparation of Compound 40

To a solution of crude Intermediate 12 (120 mg) in isopropanol (6 mL) was added DIPEA (129 mg, 1.004 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (84 mg, 0.334 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 5 h, the reaction mixture was added water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give Compound 40 (66.8 mg).

Compound 40 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 9.06 (brs, 1H), 8.34 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (q, J=10.8 Hz, 2H), 3.87-3.67 (m, 4H), 3.52-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.61 (m, 3H), 2.26-2.05 (m, 3H), 2.00-1.81 (m, 3H), 1.23-1.1 (m, 6H).

Preparation of Compound 41

To a solution of crude Intermediate 13 (50 mg) in isopropanol (6 mL) was added DIPEA (84 mg, 0.652 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (55 mg, 0.217 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 5 h, the reaction mixture was added water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give Compound 41 (50 mg, 98.71% purity).

Compound 41 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.17-7.13 (m, 2H), 6.75-6.72 (m, 2H), 6.65-6.61 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.78 (m, 5H), 3.78-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.39 (m, 2H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.08 (m, 3H), 2.07-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.90 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compound 42

Intermediate 4 (70.0 mg, 0.205 mmol), DL-alpha-methylbenzylamine (62.1 mg, 0.512 mmol), CH 3 COOH (0.1 mL) and DCM (5 mL) were added to a 50 mL round-bottomed flask. The reaction mixture was treated with sodium triacetoxyborohydride (174 mg, 0.821 mmol) and stirred at 20° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), extracted with DCM (20 mL×2), washed with brine and dried over Na 2 SO 4 . The organic layer was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product which was purified by prep-HPLC condition: (Xtimate C18 150*25 mm*5 um, Flow rate: 22 ml/min, Mobile Phase A: water (0.225% FA)-ACN, Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Gradient: 23-53% (% B)). The desired fraction was collected and evaporated to remove off CH 3 CN in vacuum. The residue was lyophilized to yield Compound 42 (a formate salt) (34.1 mg, white solids).

Compound 41 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.32-8.29 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.30 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.20 (m, 1H), 4.40-3.90 (m, 6H), 3.84-3.75 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.06-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.65 (m, 3H), 1.54-1.35 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.25 (m, 3H)

Preparation of Compound 43

Intermediate 4 (70.0 mg, 0.205 mmol), 1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine (49.8 mg, 0.513 mmol), CH 3 COOH (0.1 mL) and DCM (5 mL) were added to a 50 mL round-bottomed flask. The reaction mixture was treated with sodium triacetoxyborohydride (174 mg, 0.821 mmol) and stirred at 20° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), extracted with DCM (20 mL×2), washed with brine and dried over Na 2 SO 4 . The organic layer was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product which was purified by prep-HPLC condition: (Xtimate C18 150*25 mm*5 um, Flow rate: 22 ml/min, Mobile Phase A: water (0.225% FA)-ACN, Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Gradient: 18-48% (% B)). The desired fraction was collected and evaporated to remove off CH 3 CN in vacuum. The residue was lyophilized to yield Compound 43 (28.6 mg, 31.5% yield, white solids).

Compound 43 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 4.41-3.96 (m, 6H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.47-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.17 (m, 1H), 2.09-1.85 (m, 3H), 1.83-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.46 (m, 1H).

Preparation of Compound 44

A stir bar, intermediate 5 (110 mg, 0.322 mmol), 2-(4-aminophenyl)acetonitrile (51.1 mg, 0.387 mmol), acetic acid (one drop), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (342 mg, 1.61 mmol) and dry dichloromethane (5 mL) were added to a 40 mL glass bottle which was stirred at 40° C. for 12 hours. The mixture was treated with water (50 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product which was purified by Prep-TLC (eluent: ethyl acetate) to give a residue. The residue was partitioned between acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The solution was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 44 (54.2 mg, 35.7% yield) as a light yellow powder.

Compound 44 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.36-8.30 (m, 1H), 7.77-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.57-6.50 (m, 2H), 6.03 (t, J 7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.12-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.96-3.67 (m, 7H), 2.50-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.17-1.84 (m, 4H).

Preparation of Compounds 45, 46 and 47

Intermediate 4 (200 mg, 0.575 mmol), benzylamine (62 mg, 0.575 mmol), DIPEA (175 mg, 1.73 mmol) and NaBH(OAc) 3 (609 mg, 2.48 mmol) were added to DCE (8 mL). The reaction was stirred at rt overnight. The solvent was removed to afford a clean oil. This oil was purified by preparative high-performance liquid chromatography (column: Xtimate C18 150*25 mm*5 um, condition: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v)/ACN 60/40 from to 30/70). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum to afford a clean oil. To this oil was added 15 mL of HCl 12N and 5 mL ACN. The solvent was freeze-dried yielding 75 mg of Compound 45 (a HCl salt). Compound 45 (60.5 mg) was separated by chromatography via chiral SFC (stationary phase: Chiralpak Ad-H 5 μm 250*30 mm, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH (0.3% iPrNH 2 ): 60/40). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give 20 mg of enantiomer A and 24 mg of the enantiomer B (not pure enough). Enantiomer A was dissolved in 2 mL of ACN and 3 equivalents of HCl 4N (15 μL, 0.18 mmol) were added dropwise at 10° C. Then, Et 2 O was added and, after 30 min, the solution was evaporated to dryness. Et 2 O was added and the precipitate was filtered and dried giving 15 mg of Compound 46 (a HCl salt). Enantiomer B (24 mg) was purified by chromatography over silica gel via reverse phase (stationary phase: YMC-actus Triart C18 10 μm 30*150 mm, mobile phase: NH 4 HCO 3 0.2%/ACN: gradient from 60/40 to 0/100). The residue was taken up with Et 2 O and evaporated till dryness yielding 12 mg of Compound 47 (free base).

Compound 47 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ): δ ppm 8.31 (s, 1H) 7.41 (s, 1H) 7.28-7.37 (m, 4H) 7.18-7.25 (m, 1H) 4.05 (q, J=11.0 Hz, 2H) 3.68 (br s, 2H) 3.11 (br s, 1H) 2.43-2.48 (m, 4H) 1.98-2.13 (m, 3H) 1.75-1.89 (m, 3H) 1.44-1.54 (m, 1H)

Preparation of Compound 48

Intermediate 5 (400 mg, 0.791), benzylamine (85 mg, 0.791 mmol), DIPEA (240 mg, 2.37 mmol) and NaBH(OAc) 3 (838 mg, 3.96 mmol) were added to DCE (15 mL). The reaction was stirred at rt overnight. The solvent was removed to afford a clean oil. This oil was purified by preparative high-performance liquid chromatography (column Xtimate C18 150*25 mm*5 um, condition: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v)/ACN: gradient from 50/50 to 40/60). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The aqueous layer was freeze-dried with acetonitrile/water 20/80 yielding 75 mg of Compound 48 (28% yield).

Preparation of Compounds 49 and 50

A mixture of intermediate 5 (558 mg; 1.63 mmol), isobutylamine (151 μL; 1.76 mmol) and AcOH (33.5 μL; 0.586 mmol) in DCE (5 mL) was stirred at 50° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and NaBH(OAc) 3 (372 mg; 1.76 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, poured onto a 10% aqueous solution of K 2 CO 3 and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was decanted, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by chromatography over silica gel (irregular SiOH, 24 g; mobile phase: gradient from 0% MeOH, 100% DCM to 10% MeOH, 90% DCM). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 550 mg (84%) of Compound 49 as a 60/40 mixture of isomers. The hydrochloride salt was prepared by dissolving 50 mg of Compound 49 in Et 2 O and by adding HCl 4N in 1,4-dioxane. Filtration of the precipitate yielded 56 mg of Compound 50 (a HCl salt) as a 60/40 mixture of isomers.

Compound 51 was prepared by using an analogous method as described for the preparation of Compound 50, starting from the respective starting materials.

as a hydrochloride salt

41

75

Preparation of Compound 53

To a solution of intermediate 4 (2-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-azaspiro[3.4]octan-6-one) (165 mg, 0.435 mmol), intermediate 53 (2-(5-(amino-methyl)-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl)acetamide) (170 mg, 0.656 mmol), sodium cyanoborohydride (60.6 mg, 0.964 mmol), and MeOH (12 mL) was added a solution of CH 3 COOH (57.9 mg, 0.964 mmol) in MeOH (3 mL). After stirring at 45° C. for 12 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford the crude product, which was purified by prep-HPLC (Gilson 281, Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 m column, Mobile phase A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a residue, which was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 53 (200 mg, 84.3% yield) as white powder.

1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.40 (br s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 4.51-4.25 (m, 4H), 4.23 (s, 2H), 3.88 (q, J=11.6 Hz, 2H), 3.77-3.66 (m, 1H), 2.60 (dd, J=8.4, 13.6 Hz, 1H), 2.35-2.14 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.74 (m, 1H).

Preparation of Compound 54

To a solution of intermediate 2 (2-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-azaspiro[3.4]octan-6-amine HCl salt) (200 mg) in MeOH (6 mL) was added 1-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbaldehyde (134 mg, 0.76 mmol) and AcOH (3 drops) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, then NaBH 3 CN (73 mg, 1.16 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was concentrated under residue and purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 20*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% NH 3 .H 2 O, B: ACN) to afford Compound 54 (78.71 mg) as a light yellow solid.

1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.27-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.31 (m, 4H), 4.22 (s, 2H), 3.88 (q, J=10.4 Hz, 2H), 3.73-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 2.63-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.83 (m, 1H)

Preparation of Compounds 59 and 60

To a solution of intermediate 19 (6-(2-methoxy-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-amine) (150 mg, 0.42 mmol), benzaldehyde (58 mg, 1.3 mmol) and Titanium tetraisopropanolate (488 mg, 1.72 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added NaBH(OAc) 3 (267 mg, 1.26 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, the reaction mixture was quenched with H 2 O (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (10 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to afford the mixture of cis and trans (120 mg, 62% yield). The mixture was separated by SFC (OJ, 3*100 cm, 3 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH (0.02% DEA)=80/20, 1.8 ml/min). The desired fractions were collected and the solvent evaporated to afford Compound 59 (35 mg, R T =1.107 min, TFA salt, trans or cis) and Compound 60 (48 mg, R T =1.377 min, cis or trans, 40.0% yield).

Compound 59: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.48 (m, 5H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.98-3.94 (m, 5H), 3.81 (q, J=10.4 Hz, 2H), 2.55-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.15 (m, 2H).

Compound 60: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.24 (m, 5H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.80-03.69 (m, 8H), 3.38-3.36 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.12-1.92 (m, 4H).

Preparation of Compounds 61 and 62

A solution of intermediate 21 (N-benzyl-6-(2-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno-[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-amine) (250 mg, 0.535 mmol) in methanamine/THF (4 mL) in sealed tube was stirred at 100° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give the mixture of cis and trans (100 mg) as a white solid. The mixture was separated by SFC (OJ-H, 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH (NH 3 )=80/20, 70 ml/min). The desired fractions were collected and the solvent evaporated to afford Compound 61 (32.20 mg, R T =1.083 min, 13% yield, trans or cis) and Compound 62 (37.8 mg, R T =1.559 min, 15% yield, cis or trans).

Compound 61: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 7.34-7.25 (m, 6H), 3.76-3.65 (m, 8H), 3.40-3.35 (m, 1H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.88 (m, 2H).

Compound 62: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 7.35-7.24 (m, 6H), 3.78-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.64 (m, 6H), 3.38-3.34 (m, 1H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.91 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compound 63

To a solution of intermediate 3 (6-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-amine TFA salt) (200 mg) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) was added 2-(4-bromo-3-fluorophenyl)acetonitrile (250 mg, 1.170 mmol), t-sodium terbutylate (168 mg, 1.775 mmol), BrettPhos (30 mg, 0.056 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (53 mg, 0.056 mmol). The resulting mixture was bubbled with Ar and sealed in a microwave tube. After being heated at 140° C. for 2 hours under microwave. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, poured into water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 20*150 mm um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 3 .H 2 O), B: ACN). The desired fractions were collected and the solvent evaporated to afford Compound 63 (23.45 mg).

Compound 63: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.29 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.67-7.63 (m, 1H), 6.98-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.70-6.64 (m, 1H), 4.07-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.83 (m, 6H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 2.61-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.03 (m, 4H).

Preparation of Compounds 64 and 65

A solution of intermediate 24 ((6-(2-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)amino)-N-methylbenzamide) (200 mg, 0.393 mmol) in CH 3 NH 2 (5 mL, 2N in THF) was stirred at 100° C. for 16 hours. After being concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by prep-TLC (DCM:MeOH=15:1) to give the mixture of trans and cis (150 mg). The mixture was separated by SFC (OJ-H, 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH=65/35, 50 ml/min) to afford Compound 64 (52.16 mg, 26%, trans or cis) as a white solid and Compound 65 (45.70 mg, 23%, cis or trans) as a white solid.

Compound 64: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 7.61 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 6.57 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.05-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.65 (m, 4H), 2.91 (s, 3H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.55-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.13 (m, 2H), 2.04-1.99 (m, 2H).

Compound 65: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 7.96 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.4 Hz 2H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 6.52-6.44 (m, 4H), 4.09-3.68 (s, 7H), 3.17 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.79-2.71 (m, 6H), 1.98-1.89 (m, 4H).

Preparation of Compounds 66 and 67

To a solution of intermediate 26 (4-((6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)amino)-3-fluoro-N-methylbenzamide) (200 mg, 0.722 mmol) in iPrOH (4 mL) were added DIPEA (279 mg, 2.17 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (182 mg, 0.722 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 12 hours, the mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) and treated with ion exchange resin to afford the mixture of cis and trans. The mixture was separated by SFC (AD-H, 3*25 cm, 5 um, mobile phase: CO 2 / i PrOH (0.1% DEA)=60/40, 50 ml/min) to afford Compound 66 (143 mg, 40% yield, trans or cis) as a white solid and Compound 67 (44 mg, 12% yield, cis or trans) as a white solid.

Compound 66: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD-d 4 ): δ 8.30 (s, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.52-7.45 (m, 2H), 6.68 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.16-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.80 (m, 6H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 2.65-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.09 (m, 4H).

Compound 67: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD-d 4 ): δ 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.44 (m, 2H), 6.70 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.17-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.84 (m, 6H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 2.60-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.12 (m, 4H).

Preparation of Compounds 68 and 69

To a solution of intermediate 28 (260 mg, crude) in isopropanol (10 mL) was added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (224 mg, 0.887 mmol) and DIPEA (343 mg, 2.662 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 12 hours, the mixture was poured into water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL×3).

The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (PE/EA=3/1). The desired fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give the mixture of cis and trans isomers (260 mg). The mixture was separated by SFC (AD-H, 3*25 cm, Sum, mobile phase: CO 2 / i PrOH (0.1% DEA)=60/40, 50 ml/min) to afford Compound 68 (95.75 mg, trans or cis) and Compound 69 (40.27 mg, cis or trans).

Compound 68: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.19-8.16 (m, 1H), 7.77-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.65-7.62 (m, 1H), 6.69 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.12-4.02 (m, 3H), 3.89-3.73 (m, 4H), 2.73 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 3H), 2.53-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.03 (m, 4H).

Compound 69: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.19-8.16 (m, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.65 (m, 2H), 6.70 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.90 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.02 (m, 3H), 3.77 (br s, 4H), 2.73 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 3H), 2.46-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.14 (m, 4H).

Preparation of Compounds 70, 71 and 72

To a solution of intermediate 32 (6-(6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-ylamino)-N-methyl-nicotinamide TFA salt) (100 mg) in isopropanol (5 mL) were added DIPEA (230 mg, 1.78 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (90 mg, 0.357 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 12 hours, the mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) and then treated with ion exchange resin. The desired fraction were collected and the solvent was evaporated to afford Compound 70 (123.82 mg, TFA salt; mixture of trans and cis) as a white solid. The mixture was separated by SFC (AD-H, 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH=60/40, 60 ml/min). The desired fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to afford Compound 71 (16.02 mg, trans or cis) and Compound 72 (20.2 mg, cis or trans).

Compound 70: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.47 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.38-8.36 (m, 1H), 8.25 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.80-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.05 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.39 (m, 1H), 4.07-3.93 (m, 6H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.75-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.25 (m, 4H).

Compound 71: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.45 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.84-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 6.50 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.43-4.41 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.84 (m, 6H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.61-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.04 (m, 4H).

Compound 72: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.46 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.84-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 6.50 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.47-4.39 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.81 (m, 6H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.57-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.07 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compounds 73, 74 and 75

To a solution of intermediate 35 (4-((6-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)amino)benzoic acid) (500 mg, 1.08 mmol) in THF (5 mL) were added N,N-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine (143 mg, 1.62 mmol), HOBT (219 mg, 1.62 mmol), EDCI (311 mg, 1.62 mmol) and Et 3 N (163 mg, 1.62 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After being concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN). The desired fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give Compound 73 as a mixture of cis and trans isomers (170 mg), which was separated by SFC (AD-H, 3*25 cm, Sum, mobile phase: CO 2 / i PrOH (0.1% DEA)=60/40, 50 ml/min) to afford Compound 74 (70 mg, 12% yield, trans or cis) and Compound 75 (38 mg, 7% yield, cis or trans).

Compound 74: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.67-7.63 (m, 3H), 6.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.09-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.84 (m, 6H), 3.50 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.64-2.58 (m, 4H), 2.37 (s, 6H), 2.11 (br s, 2H), 2.04-1.99 (m, 2H).

Compound 75: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.63 (m, 3H), 6.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.07-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.82 (m, 6H), 3.52 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.70 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.59-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 6H), 2.20 (br s, 2H), 2.08-2.03 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compounds 76 and 77

To a solution of intermediate 38 (250 mg, 0.45 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) was added methanamine (HCl salt, 30.4 mg), DIPEA (1 ml) and HATU (205 mg, 0.54 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, the solution was concentrated and diluted with EA (15 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (15 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN), then separated by SFC (OJ, 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH (0.1% NH 3 )=70/30, 50 ml/min) to afford Compound 76 (13.08 mg; trans or cis) as a white solid and Compound 77 (11.17 mg; cis or trans) as a white solid.

Compound 76: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 6.27-6.24 (m, 1H), 6.19 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.07-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.85 (m, 6H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 2.79-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 6H), 2.12 (br s, 2H), 2.05-2.00 (m, 2H)

Compound 77: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 6.27-6.25 (m, 1H), 6.20 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.22 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.08-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.82 (m, 6H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 2.81 (br s, 2H), 2.60-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.39 (s, 6H), 2.08 (br s, 2H), 2.06-2.02 (m, 2H)

Preparation of Compounds 78, 79 and 80

A mixture of intermediate 42 (4-(6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-ylamino)-2-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)benzonitrile TFA salt) (280 mg), 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (227 mg, 0.9 mmol) and DIPEA (387 mg, 3.0 mmol) in iPrOH (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Agilent G6120B G1315D DADVL Detector and G4260B ELSD, Xbridge C18 5 mm 150*4.6 mm, Mobile Phase A: NH 4 OH 0.1% in water, B: NH 4 OH 0.1% in CH 3 CN). The desired fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to afford Compound 78 as a mixture of cis and trans isomers (87 mg) as a white solid. Compound 78 was separated by SFC (IA, 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /EtOH (0.05% DEA)=75/25, 50 ml/min) to afford Compound 79 (16 mg; trans or cis) as a white solid and Compound 80 (20 mg; cis or trans) as a white solid.

Compound 79: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.30 (s, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.52-6.45 (m, 2H), 4.09-3.80 (m, 7H), 3.04-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.85-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.58 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.00 (m, 6H), 1.87-1.75 (m, 4H).

Compound 80: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.53-6.46 (m, 2H), 4.07-3.79 (m, 7H), 3.05-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.18 (m, 4H), 2.08-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.78 (m, 4H).

Preparation of Compound 81

To a mixture of intermediate 46 (4-((6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)amino)-2-((1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)oxy)benzonitrile TFA salt) (500 mg) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (300 mg, 1.19 mmol) in iPrOH (10 mL) was added DIPEA (767 mg, 5.95 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature overnight, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN). The described fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to afford (142 mg) as a TFA salt.

Compound 81: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.46-8.43 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.30 (m, 1H), 6.30-6.20 (m, 2H), 4.92-4.88 (m, 0.5H), 4.54-4.48 (m, 0.5H), 4.24-3.74 (m, 9H), 3.55-2.98 (m, 4H), 2.92-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.02 (m, 8H).

Preparation of Compound 82

A mixture of intermediate 49 (4-(6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-ylamino)-2-((1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)amino)benzonitrile TFA salt) (60 mg), 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (28 mg, 0.11 mmol) and DIPEA (43 mg, 0.33 mmol) in i PrOH (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN). The desired fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to afford Compound 82 (34 mg; a TFA salt) as a yellow solid.

Compound 82: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.29-8.27 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.12 (m, 1H), 6.03-6.00 (m, 1H), 5.88-5.86 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.70 (m, 8H), 3.50-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.16-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.82 (m, 3H), 2.63-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.03 (m, 6H), 1.86-1.72 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compounds 83 and 84

To a solution of intermediate 35 (4-((6-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)amino)benzoic acid) (300 mg, 0.65 mmol), 2-amino-ethan-1-ol (74 mg, 1.3 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added HATU (246 mg, 0.65 mmol) and DIPEA (251 mg, 1.95 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, the reaction mixture was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN). The desired fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give the mixture of cis and trans isomers (100 mg, 40% yield) as a white solid. This mixture of cis and trans isomers was separated by SFC (AD-H, 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /EtOH (15% ACN)=60/40, 50 ml/min) to afford Compound 83 (40 mg, 80% yield; trans or cis) as a white solid and Compound 84 (37 mg, 74% yield; cis or trans) as a white solid.

Compound 83: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.67-7.63 (m, 3H), 6.58 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.13-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.88 (m, 6H), 3.68 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.46 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 2.63-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.11 (br s, 2H), 2.04-1.99 (m, 2H).

Compound 84: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.67-7.64 (m, 3H), 6.59 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.13-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.88 (m, 6H), 3.69 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.47 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.59-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.22 (br s, 2H), 2.08-2.03 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compounds 85 and 86

To a solution of intermediate 35 (4-((6-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)amino)benzoic acid) (300 mg, 0.65 mmol), 2-methoxy-ethan-1-amine (197 mg, 1.3 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added HATU (246 mg, 0.65 mmol) and DIPEA (251 mg, 1.95 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, the reaction mixture was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN). The desired fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give the mixture of cis and trans (100 mg, 30% yield) as a white solid. This mixture of cis and trans isomers was separated by SFC (AD-H, 3*25 cm, Sum, mobile phase: CO 2 / i PrOH (0.1% DEA)=60/40, 50 ml/min) to afford Compound 85 (35 mg, 70% yield; trans or cis) as a white solid and Compound 86 (33.67 mg, 67% yield; cis or trans) as a white solid.

Compound 85: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.64-7.62 (m, 3H), 6.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.09-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.83 (m, 6H), 3.58-3.48 (m, 4H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 2.59-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.21 (br s, 2H), 2.102-2.03 (m, 2H).

Compound 86: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.67-7.62 (m, 3H), 6.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.09-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.84 (m, 6H), 3.57-3.44 (m, 4H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 2.62-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.11 (br s, 2H), 2.04-1.99 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compounds 87 and 88

A solution of intermediate 35 (4-((6-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)amino)benzoic acid) (300 mg, 0.649 mmol), 2-morpholinoethan-1-amine (85 mg, 0.649 mmol), EDCI (125 mg, 0.649 mmol), HOBT (88 mg, 0.649 mmol) and TEA (197 mg, 0.1.95 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. The solution was concentrated and diluted with EA (15 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (15 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) and treated with ion exchange resin to afford the mixture of cis and trans isomers (200 mg), which was separated by SFC (AD-H, 2.5*25 cm, um, mobile phase: CO 2 /EtOH (0.1% DEA)=60/40, 50 ml/min) to afford Compound 87 (60 mg, 16% yield; trans or cis) as a white solid and Compound 88 (6 mg, 2% yield; cis or trans) as a white solid.

Compound 87: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.08-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.84 (m, 6H), 3.71 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.51 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.62-2.57 (m, 8H), 2.12 (br s, 2H), 2.05-2.00 (m, 2H)

Compound 88: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.64-7.62 (m, 3H), 6.59 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.07-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.83 (m, 6H), 3.70 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.50 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.60-2.54 (m, 8H), 2.21 (br s, 2H), 2.06-2.03 (m, 2H)

Preparation of Compounds 89, 90 and 91

To a solution of intermediate 5 (160 mg, 0.469 mmol), 5-amino-1-methyl-1H-benzo[d]-imidazol-2(3H)-one (122 mg, 0.750 mmol), sodium cyanoborohydride (58.9 mg, 0.937 mmol), and MeOH (12 mL) was added a solution of AcOH (56.3 mg, 0.937 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL). After stirring at 45° C. for 12 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford the crude product, which was diluted with water (5 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford the crude product, which was purified by prep-HPLC (Gilson 281, Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×m, Mobile Phase A: water (0.225% formic acid), B: ACN)). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a residue, which was lyophilized to dryness to afford Compound 89 as a white solid (73.2 mg, 30% yield). Compound 89 was further separated by SFC (Amylose-C, 3*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /IPA (0.1% NH 3 .H 2 O)=45/55, 70 ml/min). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated under vacuum. The obtained residues were lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 90 (21.64 mg, 35% yield; trans or cis) as a white powder and Compound 91 (19.69 mg, 32% yield; cis or trans) as a white powder.

Compound 89: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 10.45 (s, 1H), 8.38-8.31 (m, 1H), 7.75-7.70 (m, 1H), 6.80-6.77 (m, 1H), 6.24-6.22 (m, 2H), 5.59 (br s, 1H), 4.11-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.75 (m, 5H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.47-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.11-1.86 (m, 4H).

Compound 90:

1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 10.46 (s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 6.79 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.24-6.22 (m, 2H), 5.60-5.58 (m, 1H), 4.07 (q, J=11.2 Hz, 2H), 3.89-3.76 (m, 5H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.44-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.33 (br s, 2H), 1.94-1.89 (m, 2H)

Compound 91: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 10.46 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.75 (br s., 1H), 6.78 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.24-6.22 (m, 2H), 5.61 (d, J=6.4 Hz1H), 4.07 (q, J=10.8 Hz, 2H), 3.91-3.78 (m, 5H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.47-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.01 (br s, 2H), 1.90-1.86 (m, 2H)

Preparation of Compound 92

To a solution of Intermediate 5 (150 mg, 0.439 mmol), 4-(1H-pyrazol-3-yl)aniline (105 mg, 0.660 mmol), sodium cyanotrihydroborate (55.2 mg, 0.878 mmol) and dry methanol (10 mL) was added a solution of acetic acid (52.8 mg, 0.879 mmol) in methanol (2 mL). After stirring at 45° C. for 6 h, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water (20 mL). The mixture was adjusted to obtain pH=8 by saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, which was purified by prep-HPLC (Gilson 281, Column: Phenomenex Gemini 150*25 mm*10 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v/v), Mobile Phase B: ACN). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated under vacuum to give a residue, which was lyophilized to dryness to give the Compound 92 (99.0 mg, 46% yield) as a light yellow powder.

Compound 92: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 12.93 (br s., 0.5H), 12.59 (br s., 0.5H), 8.34 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.51 (m, 4H), 6.57 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.46 (br s., 1H), 6.19-6.03 (m, 1H), 4.11-3.77 (m, 7H), 2.49-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.08-1.93 (m, 4H).

Preparation of Compounds 93, 94 and 95

To a solution of intermediate 5 (6-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-one) (200 mg, 0.586 mmol), 4-amino-N-methylbenzamide (132 mg, 0.879 mmol), sodium cyanoborohydride (73.6 mg, 1.17 mmol), and MeOH (20 mL) was added a solution of AcOH (70.4 mg, 1.17 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL). After stirring at 45° C. for 12 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford the crude product, which was purified by prep-HPLC (Gilson 281, Column: Agela ASB 150×25 mm×5 m column, Mobile Phase A: water (0.05% HCl), B: ACN)). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated under vacuum to give a residue, which was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 93 as a mixture of cis and trans isomers (173.9 mg, 61% yield). The mixture was separated by SFC (AS-H, 3*25 cm, Sum, mobile phase: CO 2 /EtOH (0.1% NH 3 .H 2 O)=55/45, 40 ml/min). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated under vacuum to obtain residues, which were lyophilized to dryness to give the Compound 94 (36.83 mg, 23% yield; trans or cis) as a white solid and Compound 95 (48.21 mg, 30% yield; cis or trans) as a white solid.

Compound 93: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methol-d4) δ 8.65-8.55 (m, 1H), 8.04-7.86 (m, 3H), 7.55-7.33 (m, 2H), 4.46-4.13 (m, 3H), 4.12-3.82 (m, 4H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.71-2.42 (m, 4H), 2.39-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.19 (m, 1H).

Compound 94: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.99-7.96 (m, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.51 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.45 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.36-3.75 (m, 7H), 2.72 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 3H), 2.47-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.12 (br s, 2H), 1.99-1.95 (m, 2H).

Compound 95: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.33 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.99-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.53-6.47 (m, 2H), 4.11-3.76 (m, 7H), 2.72 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 3H), 2.58-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.02 (br s, 2H), 1.95-1.90 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compounds 96, 97 and 98

To a solution of intermediate 4 (200 mg, 0.586 mmol), 4-amino-N-methylbenzamide (132 mg, 0.879 mmol), sodium cyanoborohydride (73.6 mg, 1.17 mmol), and MeOH (20 mL) was added a solution of CH 3 COOH (70.4 mg, 1.17 mmol) in MeOH (6 mL). After stirring at 45° C. for 12 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford the crude product, which was purified by prep-HPLC (Gilson 281, Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 m column (eluent: 30% to 60% (v/v) water (0.225% FA)-ACN)). The pure fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a residue, which was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 96 (150 mg) (white solid). Compound 96 was further separated by SFC (Amylose-C, 3*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /EtOH (0.1% NH 3 .H 2 O)=45/55, 80 ml/min). The pure fractions were collected and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to obtain residues which were then lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 97 (38.8 mg, 14% yield) as a white solid and Compound 98 (41.2 mg, 15% yield) as a white solid.

Compound 96: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, Methol-d4) δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.65-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 6.65-6.60 (m, 2H), 4.52-4.15 (m, 4H), 4.00-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.81 (m, 2H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.47-2.37 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.08-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.61 (m, 1H).

Compound 97: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.65-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 6.68-6.55 (m, 2H), 4.53-4.06 (m, 4H), 4.01-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.78 (m, 2H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.48-2.36 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.08-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.59 (m, 1H).

Compound 98: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 6.66-6.57 (m, 2H), 4.58-4.03 (m, 4H), 3.99-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.81 (m, 2H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.49-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.51 (m, 1H).

Preparation of Compounds 99

To a solution of intermediate 55 (40.0 mg, crude) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added TFA (0.1 mL, 1.35 mmol). After stirring at 10° C. for 2 hours, the reaction mixture was adjusted to pH=6-7 with saturated NaHCO 3 (5 mL) before diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (15 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product, which was purified by prep-HPLC (Gilson 281, Column: Xtimate C18 150*25 mm*5 um, Mobile phase A: water (0.225% formic acid), B: ACN). The desired fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give the Compound 99 (8.35 mg; formate salt) as a white solid.

Compound 99: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 11.18 (br s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.05 (m, 2H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 4.07-3.98 (m, 6H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.17-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.09 (m, 1H), 2.05-1.97 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.78 (m, 3H), 1.53-1.47 (m, 1H).

Preparation of Compounds 102 and 103

A solution of intermediate 5 (6-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-one) (300 mg, 0.880 mmol), N-((1R,4R)-4-aminocyclohexyl)-methanesulfonamide (169 mg, 0.880 mmol) and titanium tetraisopropanolate (1.25 g, 4.40 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was stirred at 50° C. for 3 h. Subsequently the mixture was cooled to room temperature and NaBH 3 CN (110 mg, 1.76 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for another 3 h, and then poured into water (10 mL) and adjusted ph<7 with HCl (IM). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL×2), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash (DCM:MeOH=10:1, v/v) to afford the mixture of cis and trans isomers (at the spiro moiety) (180 mg, free base). The mixture was separated by SFC (AD-H, 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH (0.03% DEA)=80/20, 50 ml/min) to afford Compound 102 (50.0 mg) as a white solid and Compound 103 (16.8 mg) as a white solid.

Compound 102: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 3.91-3.83 (m, 6H), 3.55-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.53-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.92 (m, 8H), 1.37-1.22 (m, 4H)

Compound 103: 1 H NMR MeOD-d 4 (400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 3.86 (q, J=10.8 Hz, 4H), 3.75 (br s, 2H), 3.48-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.48-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.11 (br s, 2H), 2.04-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.92 (m, 4H), 1.37-1.16 (m, 4H)

Preparation of Compounds 104 and 105

A solution of intermediate 59 (4-((6-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-yl)amino)benzoic acid TFA salt) (160 mg) and DMF (8 mL) was added piperazin-2-one hydrochloride (56.7 mg, 0.415 mmol), DIEA (179 mg, 1.39 mmpl) and HATU (158 mg, 0.416 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford the crude product, which was purified by prep-HPLC (Gilson 281, Column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 m column, Mobile Phase A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN)). The pure fractions were lyophilized to dryness to give the mixture of cis and trans (70 mg, 77% yield) as a white solid, which was separated by SFC (AS, 3*25 cm, 10 um, mobile phase: CO 2 /MeOH (0.1% NH 3 .H 2 O)=55/45, 70 ml/min). The pure fractions were collected and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to obtain two residues which were lyophilized to dryness to give the Compound 104 (4.76 mg, 6.77% yield) as a white solid and Compound 105 (4.36 mg) as a white solid.

Compound 104: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.55 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.49 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.13-3.92 (m, 6H), 3.92-3.67 (m, 3H), 3.67-3.61 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.19 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.43 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.07 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.93 (m, 2H)

Compound 105: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.54 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.51 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.13-3.93 (m, 6H), 3.93-3.67 (m, 3H), 3.67-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.18 (m, 2H), 2.56-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.06-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.88 (m, 2H)

Preparation of Compound 106

A solution of intermediate 5 (6-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-one) (136 mg, 0.398 mmol), N-((1R,4R)-4-(aminomethyl)cyclo-hexyl)ethanesulfonamide trifluoroacetate (200 mg, 0.598 mmol), N,N-diisopropyl-ethylamine (155 mg, 1.20 mmol) and dry DCM (10 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h and then added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (338 mg, 1.60 mmol). After stirring at 25° C. for 8 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (30 mL) and washed with water (20 mL×3). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by prep-HPLC (Gilson 281, Column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×5 m column, Mobile Phase A: water (0.225% formic acid), B: ACN)). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give a residue, which was lyophilized to give the Compound 106 (163.08 mg, 73.8% yield) as a white powder.

Compound 106: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.74-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.06-6.99 (m, 1H), 4.06 (q, J=10.8 Hz, 2H), 3.95-3.43 (m, 8H), 3.07-2.92 (m, 3H), 2.36-2.15 (m, 4H), 2.10-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.27-1.14 (m, 5H), 1.06-0.90 (m, 2H).

Preparation of Compound 107

To a solution of intermediate 5 (6-(6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-6-azaspiro[3.4]octan-2-one) (250 mg, 0.549 mmol), 1-(4-aminobenzyl)imidazolidin-2-one (100 mg, 0.523 mmol), sodium cyanoborohydride (70.0 mg, 1.11 mmol) and MeOH (18.0 mL) was added a solution of acetic acid (70.0 mg, 1.17 mmol) in MeOH (2.0 mL). After stirring at 40° C. for 14 h, the mixture was poured into water (15 mL) and extracted by DCM (10 mL×3). The combined organic layer were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to obtain the crude residue, which was purified by prep-HPLC (Gilson 281, Column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm×m column, Mobile Phase A: water (0.225% FA), B: ACN)). The pure fractions were collected and lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 107 (46.2 mg, 16% yield) as a white powder.

Compound 107: 1 H NMR DMSO-d 6 (400 MHz): δ 8.36-8.27 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.01-6.86 (m, 2H), 6.54-6.42 (m, 2H), 6.36-6.25 (m, 1H), 5.94-5.83 (m, 1H), 4.18-3.97 (m, 4H), 3.95-3.58 (m, 5H), 3.21-2.99 (m, 4H), 2.60-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.16-1.86 (m, 4H).

Preparation of Compound 108 and Compound 109

A solution of intermediate 2 (100 mg, crude HCl salt, 0.29 mmol) and 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbaldehyde (CAS #: 106429-59-8) (71 mg, 0.44 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. NaBH 3 CN (37 mg, 0.58 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to give the racemic Compound 14 (49 mg, TFA salt). The obtained racemic Compound 14 was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters, IC 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, A: Supercritical CO 2 , B: MeOH/DEA=100/0.03; A:B=70/30; Flow rate: 70 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; Backpressure (BPR): 100 bar) to give Compound 108 (12 mg as TFA salt, 6.8% yield) as a white solid and Compound 109 (13 mg as TFA salt, 7.3% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 110 and Compound 111

To a stirred solution of intermediate 2 (150 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.44 mmol) in MeOH (3 mL) at room temperature were added intermediate 70 (185 mg, purity: ca. 50%, ca. 0.53 mmol) and AcOH (3 drops). After stirring for 2 h, NaBH 3 CN (55.30 mg, 0.88 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by pre-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) and the obtained racemate was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; AD 25*25 cm, 10 um; A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: MeOH; A:B=70/30; Flow rate: 60 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; Backpressure (BPR): 100 bar) to afford Compound 110 (38.78 ng, 17% yield) as a white solid and Compound 111 (24.88 ng, 11% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 112 and Compound 113

A mixture of intermediate 78 (330 mg, crude HCl salt), 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (212 mg, 0.84 mmol) and DIPEA (271 mg, 2.10 mmol) in i-PrOH (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give racemic desired product. The racemate was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; OJ-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: MeOH; A:B=70/30; Flow rate: 70 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; Backpressure (BPR): 100 bar) to give Compound 112 (63.38 mg, 19% yield) as a white solid and Compound 113 (46.77 mg, 14% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 114

To a stirred solution of intermediate 80 (300 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 0.84 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (252 mg, 1.0 mmol) in i-PrOH (10 mL) was added DIPEA (387 mg, 3.0 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature for 2 h, the reaction mixture was treated with H 2 O (5 mL), filtered. The filter cake was purified by prep-HPLC (Agilent G6120B G1315D DADVL Detector and G4260B ELSD, Xbridge C18 5 mm 150*4.6 mm, Mobile Phase A: NH 4 OH 0.1% in water, B: N—H 4 OH 0.1% in CH 3 CN) to afford Compound 114 (200 mg, 52% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 115 and Compound 116

To a stirred mixture of intermediate 62 (100 mg, 0.268 mmol), 3-(1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-benzaldehyde (CAS #: 179057-26-2) (56 mg, 0.32 mmol) and Ti(i-PrO) 4 (76 mg, 0.27 mmol) in DCE (5 mL) at room temperature was added NaBH(OAc) 3 (171 mg, 0.81 mmol) in portions. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with aq. NaHCO 3 and the resultant was extracted with DCM. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give the racemate (80 mg) as a white solid. The racemate was separated by SFC (Instrument: Waters-SFC80; Column: IA-H (2.5*25 cm, 10 um); Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: MeOH; A:B=60/40 at 70 mL/min; Circle Time: 18 min; Injection Volume: 3.5 mL; Detector Wavelength: 214 nm; Column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to afford Compound 115 (25.8 mg, 18% yield) and Compound 116 (27.90 mg, 19% yield).

Preparation of Compound 117

To a stirred mixture of intermediate 62 (120 mg, 0.32 mmol), 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbaldehyde (CAS #: 106429-59-8) (104 mg, 0.64 mmol) and Ti(i-PrO) 4 (92 mg, 0.32 mmol) in DCE/DMSO (6 mL/2 mL) at 0° C. was added NaBH(OAc) 3 (205 mg, 0.97 mmol) in portions. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with aq. NaHCO 3 and the resultant was extracted with DCM. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to give Compound 117 (22 mg TFA salt, yield: 13%) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 118

To a stirred solution of intermediate 72 (150 mg, 0.421 mmol) in DCE (2 mL) at room temperature were added 3-(1H-pyrazol-3-yl)benzaldehyde (CAS #: 179057-26-2) (108 mg, 0.63 mmol) and Ti(i-PrO) 4 (120 mg, 0.42 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. NaBH 3 CN (54 mg, 0.84 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to give the racemic desired product (120 mg, TFA salt). The racemate was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters, AD-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, A: Supercritical CO 2 , B: EtOH/ACN=85/15; A:B=55/45; Flow rate: 50 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to afford Compound 118 (28 mg TFA salt, 10% yield).

Preparation of Compound 119

To a stirred solution of intermediate 72 (250 mg, 0.70 mmol) in DCE (2.5 mL) were added 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbaldehyde (CAS #: 106429-59-8) (170 mg, 1.06 mmol), DMSO (0.5 mL) and Ti(i-PrO) 4 (200 mg, 0.70 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. NaBH(OAc) 3 (295 mg, 1.40 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to afford Compound 119 (156 mg TFA salt, 44% yield).

Preparation of Compound 120

To a stirred mixture of intermediate 76 (250 mg, 0.67 mmol), 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbaldehyde (CAS #: 106429-59-8) (218 mg, 1.35 mmol) and Ti(i-PrO) 4 (192 mg, 0.67 mmol) in DCE/DMSO (6 mL/2 mL) at 0° C. was added NaBH(OAc) 3 (428 mg, 2.02 mmol) in portions. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with aq. NaHCO 3 and the resultant was extracted with DCM. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to give Compound 120 (60 mg, TFA salt, yield: 17%) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 121 and Compound 122

A suspension of intermediate 74 (160 mg, 0.300 mmol) and CuSO 4 .5H 2 O (8 mg, 0.030 mmol) in methanamine (2 M in THF) (2 mL) in a sealed vessel was stirred at 100° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography eluted with DCM/MeOH (from 50:1 to 15:1, v/v) to give racemate of desired product as a yellow solid. The racemate was separated by SFC (Instrument: Waters-SFC80; Column: OJ-H (2.5*25 cm, 10 um); Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: MeOH; A:B=80/20 at 80 mL/min; Circle Time: 8.5 min; Injection Volume: 1.3 mL; Detector Wavelength: 214 nm; Column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to afford Compound 121 (32.9 mg, 20% yield) and Compound 122 (31.3 mg, 19% yield).

Preparation of Compound 123

A solution of intermediate 65 (400 mg, 0.786 mmol) in MeNH 2 (2 M in THF) (10 mL) was stirred at 100° C. overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (DCM:MeOH=15:1, v/v) to give Compound 123 (180 mg, 45% yield).

Preparation of Compound 124

To a stirred solution of intermediate 83 (150 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 0.31 mmol) in i-PrOH (1 mL) were added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (79 mg, 0.31 mmol) and DIPEA (202 mg, 1.57 mmol). After being stirred at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to afford Compound 124 (85 mg, TFA salt., ca. 42% yield over 2 steps) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 125

A solution of intermediate 85 (50 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.107 mmol), DIPEA (70 mg, 0.55 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (27 mg, 0.11 mmol) in dry i-PrOH (1 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm um. Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to give Compound 125 (28 mg as TFA salt, ca. 40% yield over 2 steps) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 126

To a stirred solution of intermediate 87 (90 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 0.183 mmol) in i-PrOH (1 mL) were added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (46 mg, 0.18 mmol) and DIPEA (202 mg, 1.57 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 urn, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to afford Compound 126 (66 mg TEA salt, 58% yield over 2 steps) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 127

To a stirred solution of intermediate 89 (80 mg, crude TFA salt, 0.175 mmol) in i-PrOH (2 mL) were added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (45 mg, 0.18 mmol) and DIPEA (114 mg, 0.89 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm um, Mobile Phase A: 1-0 (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to afford Compound 127 (61 mg TFA salt, 56% yield over 2 steps) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 128

To a stirred solution of intermediate 91 (100 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 0.203 mmol) in i-PrOH (1 mL) were added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (53 mg, 0.21 mmol) and DIPEA (135 mg, 1.05 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to afford Compound 128 (69 mg TFA salt, 59% yield over 2 steps) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 129

To a solution of intermediate 93 (40 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.146 mmol) in i-PrOH (10 mL) were added DIPEA (56 mg, 0.438 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (36 mg, 0.146 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to afford Compound 129 (18 mg, 25% yield).

Preparation of Compound 130

To a stirred solution of intermediate 94 (88 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.310 mmol) in i-PrOH (5 mL) were added DIPEA (80 mg, 0.930 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-tri-fluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (78 mg, 0.310 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 1-120 (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) and the obtained product was further treated with ion exchange resin to afford Compound 130 (95.53 mg, 61% yield).

Preparation of Compound 131

To a stirred solution of intermediate 95 (44 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.156 mmol) in i-PrOH (10 mL) were added DIPEA (60 mg, 0.409 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-tri-fluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (39 mg, 0.154 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) and the obtained product was treated with ion exchange resin to afford Compound 131 (43.22 mg, 75% yield).

Preparation of Compound 132

To a stirred solution of intermediate 96 (35 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.145 mmol) in i-PrOH (5 mL) were added DIPEA (56 mg, 0.435 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-tri-fluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (37 mg, 0.145 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) and the obtained product was treated with ion exchange resin to afford Compound 132 (27.8 mg, 40% yield, formate salt).

Preparation of Compound 133

To a solution of intermediate 97 (58 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.212 mmol) in i-PrOH (5 mL) were added DIPEA (82 mg, 0.634 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (53 mg, 0.212 mmol). The reaction was stirred at rt for 3 h. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) and the obtained product was treated with ion exchange resin to afford Compound 133 (32.5 mg, 31% yield).

Preparation of Compound 134, Compound 135, Compound 136 and Compound 137

To a stirred solution of intermediate 97a (1.3 g, crude TFA salt, ca. 3.202 mmol) in i-PrOH (10 mL) were added DIPEA (1.24 g, 9.615 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-tri-fluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (808 mg, 3.205 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE/EA (5/1, v/v) to give Compound 133 (701 mg). The racemate was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; IA-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: EtOH/ACN=85/15; A:B=63/37; Flow rate: 50 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to afford Compound 134 (105.15 mg, 6.7% yield), Compound 135 (76.2 mg, 4.8% yield), Compound 136 (79.30 mg, 5.0% yield) and Compound 137 (84.5 mg, 53% yield).

Preparation of Compound 138

To a stirred solution of intermediate 98 (88 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.312 mmol) in i-PrOH (10 mL) were added DIPEA (120 mg, 0.936 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-tri-fluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (78 mg, 0.312 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) and the obtained product was treated with ion exchange resin to afford Compound 138 (70.1 mg, 45% yield, formate salt).

Preparation of Compound 139, Compound 140, Compound 141 and Compound 142

To a stirred solution of intermediate 98a (1.0 g, crude TFA salt, ca. 2.395 mmol) in i-PrOH (10 mL) were added DIPEA (928 mg, 7.191 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-tri-fluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (604 mg, 2.397 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) afforded racemic Compound 138 (488 mg). The racemate was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; OJ-H 0.46*15 cm, 2 ul; HEP: EtOH (0.05% DEA)=60/40; Flow rate: 70 g/min; Column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) afforded Compound 139 (48.2 mg, 4.0% yield), Compound 140 (25.3 mg, 2.1% yield), Compound 141 (92.6 mg, 7.7% yield) and Compound 142 (126.2 mg, 10% yield).

Preparation of Compound 143

To a stirred solution of intermediate 99 (120 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 0.338 mmol) in i-PrOH (10 mL) were added DIPEA (182 mg, 1.41 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-tri-fluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (118 mg, 0.47 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) and the obtained product was further treated with ion exchange resin to afford Compound 143 (34.16 mg, 15% yield).

Preparation of Compound 144, 145, 146 and 147

To a stirred solution of intermediate 99 (287 mg, crude TFA salt, 1.125 mmol) in i-PrOH (10 mL) were added DIPEA (435 mg, 3.376 mnol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-tri-fluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (283 mg, 1.125 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) afforded racemic Compound 143 (280 mg). The racemate was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; IA-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: EtOH/IPA=38.3/61.7; A:B=60/40; Flow rate: 70 g/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to afford Compound 144 (18.9 mg, 14% yield), Compound 145 (16.2 mg, 11% yield), Compound 146 (21.7 mg, 16% yield), Compound 147 (17.0 mg, 12% yield).

Preparation of Compound 35, 149 and 150

A mixture of intermediate 3 (131 mg, 0.38 mmol), bromobenzene (CAS #: 108-86-1) (50 mg, 0.32 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (5 mg), BrettPhos (5 mg) and t-BuONa (92 mg, 0.95 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) was stirred at 130° C. for 2 h with microwave irradiation. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give Compound 35 (mixture of cis and trans) (42.3 mg, 23% yield) as a yellow solid. Compound 35 (mixture of cis and trans) (18 mg) was separated by SFC (ChiralCel OJ-H Daicel chemical Industries, Ltd, I.D. 250*30 mm, 5 um, A: Supercritical CO 2 , B: MeOH (0.1% DEA); A:B=60/40; Flow rate: 50 mL/min; Column temperature (T): 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm) to give Compound 149 (trans or cis) (5 mg, 27% yield) as a white solid and Compound 150 (cis or trans) (6 mg, 33% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 151

To a solution of intermediate 3 (300 mg, 0.88 mmol, TFA salt) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) under Ar at room temperature were added 2-bromopyridine (CAS #: 109-04-6) (157 mg 1.0 mmol), t-BuONa (192 mg, 2.00 mmol), BrettPhos (48 mg, 0.09 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (82 mg, 0.09 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under Ar atmosphere at 110° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL×2), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% NH 3 H 2 O B: ACN) to afford Compound 151 (25.06 mg, 6.7% yield).

Preparation of Compound 152 and Compound 153

To a solution of intermediate 3 (300 mg, 0.88 mmol, TFA salt) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) under Ar at room temperature were added 3-bromopyridine (CAS #: 626-55-1) (158 mg, 1.0 mmol), t-BuONa (192 mg, 2.00 mmol), BrettPhos (48 mg, 0.09 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (82 mg, 0.09 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under Ar at 110° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (10 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (25 mL×2), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give desired product (mixture of cis and trans). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; OJ 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: EtOH/ACN=85/15; A:B=60/40; Flow rate: 70 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to afford Compound 152 (trans or cis) (8.8 mg, 2.3% yield) and Compound 153 (cis or trans) (19.8 mg, 5.3% yield).

Preparation of Compound 154 and Compound 155

To a solution of intermediate 3 (300 mg, 0.88 mmol, TFA salt) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) under Ar at room temperature were added 4-bromopyridine (CAS #: 1120-87-2) (157 mg, 1.0 mmol), t-BuONa (192 mg, 2.00 mmol), BrettPhos (48 mg, 0.09 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (82 mg, 0.09 mmol). The reaction was stirred under Ar at 110° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL×2), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give desired product (mixture of cis and trans). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; OJ 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: EtOH/ACN=85/15; A:B=60/40; Flow rate: 80 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to afford Compound 154 (trans or cis) (14.19 mg, 3.8% yield) and Compound 155 (cis or trans) (14.95 mg, 4.0% yield).

Preparation of Compound 156

To a solution of intermediate 3 (300 mg, 0.88 mmol, TFA salt) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) under Ar at room temperature were added 1-bromo-2-fluorobenzene (CAS #: 1072-85-1) (175 mg, 1.0 mmol), t-BuONa (192 mg, 2.00 mmol), BrettPhos (48 mg, 0.09 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (82 mg, 0.09 mmol). The reaction was stirred under Ar atmosphere at 130° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL×2), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% NH 3 /H 2 O, B: ACN) to afford Compound 156 (mixture of cis and trans) (65.00 mg, 97% yield).

Preparation of Compound 157

To a solution of intermediate 3 (300 mg, 0.88 mmol, TFA salt) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) under Ar at room temperature were added 1-bromo-3-fluorobenzene (CAS #: 1073-06-9) (175 mg, 1.0 mmol), t-BuONa (192 mg, 2.00 mmol), BrettPhos (48 mg, 0.09 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (82 mg, 0.09 mmol). The reaction was stirred under Ar atmosphere at 110° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, poured into water (50 ml) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL×2), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% NH 3 H 2 O, B: ACN) to afford Compound 157 (mixture of cis and trans) (45.8 mg, 96%) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 158

To a solution of intermediate 3 (300 mg, 0.88 mmol, TFA salt) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) under Ar at room temperature were added 1-bromo-4-fluorobenzene (CAS #: 460-00-4) (175 mg, 1.0 mmol), t-BuONa (192 mg, 2.00 mmol), BrettPhos (48 mg, 0.09 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (82 rug, 0.09 mmol). The reaction was stirred under Ar atmosphere at 110° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL×2), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% NH 3 .H 2 O, B: ACN) to afford Compound 158 (mixture of cis and trans) (58.7 mg, 15% yield).

Preparation of Compound 159

A mixture of intermediate 3 (200 mg, 0.584 mmol, TFA salt), 1-bromo-2-chloro-benzene (112 mg, 0.584 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (53 mg, 0.058 mmol), BrettPhos (31 mg, 0.058 mmol) and t-BuONa (168 mg, 1.754 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was stirred at 120° C. for 2 h under microwave irradiation. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to afford Compound 159 (mixture of cis and trans) (46.9 mg, 17%).

Preparation of Compound 160

A mixture of intermediate 3 (200 mg, 0.584 mmol, TFA salt), 1-bromo-3-chloro-benzene (112 mg, 0.584 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (53 mg, 0.058 mmol), BrettPhos (31 mg, 0.058 mmol) and t-BuONa (168 mg, 1.754 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was stirred at 120° C. for 2 h under microwave irradiation. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 120 (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to afford Compound 160 (mixture of cis and trans) (53.8 mg, 20% yield).

Preparation of Compound 161

A mixture of intermediate 3 (300 mg, 0.877 mmol, TFA salt), 1-bromo-4-chlorobenzene (CAS #: 106-39-8) (168 mg, 0.877 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (80 mg, 0.088 mmol), Brettphos (47 mg, 0.088 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (363 mg, 2.631 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was stirred under Ar at 80° C. overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 1120 (0.1% NH 1 40H), B: ACN) to afford Compound 161 (mixture of cis and trans) (39.7 mg, 10% yield).

Preparation of Compound 162

To a solution of intermediate 3 (220 mg, 0.64 mmol, TFA salt) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) in a microwave tube were added 2-bromobenzonitrile (CAS #: 2042-37-7) (351 mg, 1.93 mmol), Cs 2 CO 3 (629 mg, 1.93 mmol), BrettPhos (34 mg, 0.06 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (59 mg, 0.06 mmol). The reaction mixture was bubbled with Ar and the reaction mixture was then stirred at 100° C. for 2 h with microwave irradiation. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to afford Compound 162 (mixture of cis and trans) (72 mg, TFA salt, 25% yield).

Preparation of Compound 163

To a solution of intermediate 3 (200 mg, 0.584 mmol, TFA salt) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) in a microwave tube were added 3-bromobenzonitrile (CAS #: 6952-59-6) (319 mg, 1.75 mmol), Cs 2 CO 3 (572 mg, 1.75 mmol), BrettPhos (50 mg, 0.06 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (50 mg, 0.09 mmol). The reaction mixture was bubbled with Ar and the reaction mixture was then stirred at 100° C. for 2 h with microwave irradiation. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to afford Compound 163 (mixture of cis and trans) (206 mg, TFA salt, 63% yield).

Preparation of Compound 164

To a solution of intermediate 3 (300 mg, 0.88 mmol, TFA salt) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) under Ar at room temperature were added 4-bromobenzonitrile (CAS #: 623-00-7) (479 mg, 2.63 mmol), Cs 2 CO 3 (858 mg, 2.63 mmol), BrettPhos (75 mg, 0.08 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (76 mg, 0.14 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under Ar at 80° C. for 2 h. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 ml×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (30 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated.

The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to afford Compound 164 (mixture of cis and trans) (266 mg, 68% yield).

Preparation of Compound 165

A mixture of intermediate 3 (200 mg, 0.58 mmol, TFA salt), 1-bromo-2-methylbenzene (CAS #: 95-46-5) (300 mg, 1.75 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (30 mg), BrettPhos (30 mg) and t-BuONa (168 mg, 1.75 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was stirred at 110° C. for 2 h with microwave irradiation. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 20*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give Compound 165 (mixture of cis and trans) (33.3 mg, 13% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 166

A mixture of intermediate 3 (200 mg, 0.584 mmol, TFA salt), 1-bromo-3-methyl-benzene (CAS #: 591-17-3) (300 mg, 1.75 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (30 mg), BrettPhos (30 mg) and t-BuONa (168 mg, 1.75 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was stirred at 110° C. for 2 h with microwave irradiation. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Prep C18 OBD 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to give Compound 166 (mixture of cis and trans) (101.0 mg, TFA salt, 31% yield) as a colorless oil.

Preparation of Compound 167

A mixture of intermediate 3 (200 mg, 0.58 mmol, TFA salt), 1-bromo-4-methylbenzene (CAS #: 106-38-7) (300 mg, 1.75 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (30 mug), BrettPhos (30 mg) and t-BuONa (168 mg, 1.75 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was stirred at 110° C. for 2 h with microwave irradiation. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EA (50 mL×3). The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 20*150 mm um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give Compound 167 (mixture of cis and trans) (45.9 mg, 18% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 168

To a solution of intermediate 3 (200 mg, 0.584 mmol, TFA salt) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) in a microwave tube were added 2-(4-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)acetonitrile (CAS #: 114897-91-5) (250 mg, 1.170 mmol), t-BuONa (168 mg, 1.775 mmol), BrettPhos (30 mg, 0.056 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (53 mg, 0.056 mmol). The resulting mixture was bubbled with Ar and the reaction was stirred at 140° C. for 2 h with microwave irradiation. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL×2), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to afford Compound 168 (mixture of cis and trans) (9.5 mg, TFA salt, 2.7% yield).

Preparation of Compound 169 and Compound 170

A mixture of intermediate 3 (300 mg, 0.877 mmol, TFA salt), 2-(4-bromophenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile (CAS #: 101184-73-0) (196 mg, 0.877 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (80 mg, 0.087 mmol), BrettPhos (47 mg, 0.087 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (363 mg, 2.632 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was stirred at 100° C. for 2 h with microwave irradiation. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to afford desired product (mixture of cis and trans) (90 mg). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; OD-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: MeOH=100; A:B=70/30; Flow rate: 60 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; Backpressure (BPR): 100 bar) to afford Compound 169 (23.6 mg, 11% yield) and Compound 170 (cis or trans) (39.1 mg, 18% yield).

Preparation of Compound 171 and Compound 172

A mixture of intermediate 3 (300 mg, 0.877 mmol, TFA salt), 1-(4-bromophenyl)-cyclopropanecarbonitrile (CAS #: 124276-67-1) (195 mg, 0.877 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (80 mg, 0.087 mmol), BrettPhos (47 mg, 0.087 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (363 mg, 2.631 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was stirred under Ar at 70° C. for 12 h. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to afford desired product (mixture of cis and trans) (188 mg). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; OD-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: MeOH=100; A:B=67/33; Flow rate: 70 g/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; Backpressure (BPR): 100 bar) to afford Compound 171 (trans or cis) (36.7 mg, 17% yield) and Compound 172 (cis or trans) (23.3 mg, 11% yield).

Preparation of Compound 173

To a solution of intermediate 3 (200 mg, 0.584 mmol, TFA salt) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) in a sealable vessel at room temperature were added 2-(3-bromophenyl)acetonitrile (CAS #: 31938-07-5) (230 mg, 1.170 mmol), t-BuONa (168 mg, 1.775 mmol), BrettPhos (30 mg, 0.056 mmol) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (53 mg, 0.056 mmol). The vessel was bubbled with Ar, sealed and the reaction mixture was stirred at 130° C. overnight. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL×2), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 20*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 1120 (0.1% NH 3 H 2 O), B: ACN) to afford Compound 173 (mixture of cis and trans) (9.9 mg, 3.7% yield).

Preparation of Compound 174 and Compound 175

A mixture of intermediate 3 (300 mg, 0.876 mmol, TFA salt), 5-cyano-2-fluoropyridine (CAS #: 3939-12-6) (107 mg, 0.88 mmol) and DIPEA (341 mg, 2.64 mmol) in i-PrOH (10 mL) was stirred at 90° C. for 16 h. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 urn, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) afforded desired product (mixture of cis and trans). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; AD-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: MeOH; A:B=60/40; Flow rate: 60 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; Backpressure (BPR): 100 bar) to give Compound 174 (trans or cis) (58 mg, 14% yield) as a white solid and Compound 175 (cis or trans) (55 mg, 14% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 176

A mixture of intermediate 3 (300 mg, 0.88 mmol, TFA salt), 2-cyano-5-fluoropyridine (CAS #: 327056-62-2) (107 mg, 0.88 mmol) and DIPEA (341 mg, 2.64 mmol) in n-BuOH (10 mL) was stirred at 120° C. for 16 h. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN). The fractions were basified by NaHCO 3 (solid), extracted with EtOAc (30 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (20 mL×2), dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was lyophilized to give Compound 176 (mixture of cis and trans) (55 mg, 14% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 177

To a stirred solution of intermediate 101 (152 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 0.27 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added Et 3 N (110 mg, 1.09 mmol). The resulting mixture was cooled with an ice bath and methanesulfonyl chloride (38 mg, 0.33 mmol) was added slowly. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to give Compound 177 (mixture of cis and trans) (23 mg, TFA salt, 13% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 178 and Compound 179

A solution of intermediate 35 (400 mg, 0.86 mmol), DIPEA (210 mg, 1.7 mmol), 1-(methylsulfonyl)piperazine (CAS #: 55276-43-2) (200 mg, 1.2 mmol) and HATU (460 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The crude product was directly purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give desired product (mixture of cis and trans) (90 mg). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters, AS-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, A: Supercritical CO 2 , B: MeOH/0.1% NH 3 ; A:B=65/35; Flow rate: 50 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to give Compound 178 (trans or cis) (20 mug, 3.8% yield) as a white solid and Compound 179 (cis or trans) (70 mg, 13% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 180

To a stirred solution of intermediate 35 (150 mg, 0.32 mmol) in THF (2 mL) were added N,N,N′-trimethylethylenediamine (CAS #: 142-25-6) (50 mg, 0.49 mmol), HOBt (66 mg, 0.49 mmol), EDCI (93 mg, 0.49 mmol) and Et 3 N (49 mg, 0.49 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to afford Compound 180 (mixture of cis and trans) (65 mg TFA salt, 36% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 181 and Compound 182

To a stirred solution of intermediate 35 (300 mg, 0.65 mmol) and N-(2-aminoethyl)-methanesulfonamide (CAS #: 83019-89-0) (180 mg, 1.3 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) were added HATU (246 mg, 0.65 mmol) and DIPEA (251 mg, 1.95 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The resulting mixture was directly purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give desired product (mixture of cis and trans) (60 mg, 13% yield) as a white solid. The obtained product was separated by SFC (Separation condition: Column: AD-H Daicel chemical Industries, Ltd, 250*30 mm I.D., 5 um; Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: EtOH (0.1% DEA)=60/40, at 50 mL/min; Detector Wavelength: 254 nm; Column temperature: 25° C.) to give Compound 181 (trans or cis) (17.8 mg, 4.7% yield) as a white solid and Compound 182 (cis or trans) (13.5 mg, 3.6% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 183 and Compound 184

To a stirred solution of intermediate 35 (300 mg, 0.65 mmol) and 4-methoxypiperidine (CAS #: 4045-24-3) (150 mg, 1.3 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) were added HATU (246 mg, 0.65 mmol) and DIPEA (251 mg, 1.95 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The resulting mixture was directly purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 1-0 (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give desired product (mixture of cis and trans) (122 mg, 32% yield) as a yellow oil. The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; OJ-H (2.5*25 cm, 10 um); A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: MeOH; A:B=80/20; Flow rate: 60 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; Backpressure (BPR): 100 bar) to give Compound 183 (trans or cis) (63.7 mg, 17% yield) as a white solid and Compound 184 (cis or trans) (36.7 mg, 10% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 185 and Compound 186

To a stirred solution of intermediate 35 (300 mg, 0.65 mmol) and N-(3-aminopropyl)-methanesulfonamide (CAS #: 88334-76-3) (197 mg, 1.3 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) were added HATU (246 mg, 0.65 mmol) and DIPEA (251 mg, 1.95 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The resulting mixture was directly purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give desired product (mixture of cis and trans) (100 mg, 26% yield) as a yellow oil. The obtained product was separated by SFC (Separation condition: Column: AD-H Daicel chemical Industries, Ltd, 250*30 mm I.D., 5 um; Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: EtOH (0.1% DEA)=60/40, at 50 mL/min; Detector Wavelength: 254 nm; Column temperature: 25° C.) to give Compound 185 (trans or cis) (40.6 mg, 11% yield) as a white solid and Compound 186 (cis or trans) (12.2 mg, 3.2% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 187 and Compound 188

A solution of intermediate 102 (279 mg, 0.44 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (3 M) (3 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The solvent was removed by concentration. The residue was suspended in H 2 O (50 mL) and basified by saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 till pH equals 8. The resultant was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give desired product (mixture of cis and trans) as a yellow oil (61 mg). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; AD-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: EtOH/ACN=85/15; A:B=60/40; Flow rate: 50 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; Backpressure (BPR): 100 bar) to afford Compound 187 (trans or cis) (18.9 mg, 8.0% yield) as a light yellow solid and Compound 188 (cis or trans) (2.0 mg, 0.86% yield) as a yellow oil.

Preparation of Compound 189 and Compound 190

To a suspension of intermediate 104 (600 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.89 mmol) and Et 3 N (2 mL) in DCM (4 mL) at 0° C. was added methanesulfonyl chloride (2 mL) dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (DCM/MeOH=15:1, v/v) to give desired product (mixture of cis and trans). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters, OD-H (2.5*25 cm, 10 um) A: Supercritical CO 2 , B: MeOH (0.1% NH 3 ); A:B=65/35; Flow rate: 50 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to afford Compound 189 (trans or cis) (9.6 mg, 1.6% yield) and Compound 190 (cis or trans) (72.6 mg, 12% yield).

Preparation of Compound 191

To a stirred solution of intermediate 106 (100 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.174 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) at 0° C. were added methanesulfonyl chloride (20 mg, 0.174 mmol) and DIPEA (0.1 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The resulting mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% NH 3 H 2 O/H 2 O, B: ACN) to get Compound 191 (mixture of cis and trans at the spiro moiety) (75 mg, yield: 66%) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 192

To a stirred mixture of intermediate 108 (190 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.32 mmol) and Et 3 N (97 mg, 0.96 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at 0° C. was added methanesulfonyl chloride (36 mg, 0.32 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give Compound 192 (mixture of cis and trans at the spiro moiety) (43.1 mg, TFA salt, 12% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 193

A mixture of intermediate 35 (150 mg, 0.32 mmol), 1-dimethylamino-2-propylamine (CAS #: 108-15-6) (40 mg, 0.39 mmol), EDCI (92 mg, 0.48 mmol), HOBT (65 mg, 0.48 mmol) and DIPEA (124 mg, 0.0.96 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% FA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give Compound 193 (mixture of cis and trans at the spiro moiety) (43.59 mg, formate salt, 23% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 194 and Compound 195

A mixture of intermediate 110 (220 mg, 1.341 mmol), intermediate 35 (619 mg, 1.341 mmol), HATU (509 mg, 1.341 mmol) and Et 3 N (406 mg, 4.024 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 3 h and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to afford desired product (mixture of cis and trans) (200 mg). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; AD-H (2.5*25 cm, 10 um); A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: EtOH/ACN=85/15; A:B=60/40; Flow rate: 50 g/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; Backpressure (BPR): 100 bar) to afford Compound 194 (trans or cis) (79.5 mg, 19% yield) and Compound 195 (cis or trans) (21.1 mg, 5.1% yield).

Preparation of Compound 196

To a stirred solution of crude intermediate 112 (100 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.627 mmol) in i-PrOH (6 mL) at room temperature were added DIPEA (243 mg, 1.88 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (158 mg, 0.62 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 20*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 1-0 (0.1% FA), B: ACN) to give Compound 196 (mixture of cis and trans) (33.61 mg, 0.94 equivalent formate salt, 12% yield over 3 steps) (equivalents of formic acid was determined by 1 H NMR).

Preparation of Compound 197

To a stirred solution of intermediate 114 (160 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 0.450 mmol) in i-PrOH (2 mL) at room temperature were added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (113 mg, 0.45 mmol) and DIPEA (290 mg, 2.25 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: I 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to afford Compound 197 (mixture of cis and trans) (132 mg TFA salt, 51% yield over 3 steps) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 198

To a stirred solution of intermediate 116 (250 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.501 mmol) in i-PrOH (5.0 mL) at room temperature were added DIPEA (260 mug, 2.0 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (100 mg, 0.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to afford Compound 198 (mixture of cis and trans) (71 mg, TFA salt, 23% yield over 3 steps) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 199 and Compound 200

To a stirred solution of intermediate 118 (250 mg, crude ICI salt, ca. 0.965 mmol) in i-PrOH (5 mL) at room temperature were added DIPEA (373 mg, 2.896 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (243 mg, 0.965 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (eluent: PE/EA=3:1, v/v) to afford the free base form of Compound 168 (mixture of cis and trans) (220 mg). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; AD-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 ul; Supercritical CO 2 : MeOH=60/40; Flow rate: 60 mL/min; column temperature (T): 35° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to afford Compound 199 (90 mg, 19% yield) and Compound 200 (67 mg, 14% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 201 and Compound 202

To a stirred solution of intermediate 120 (400 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 1.0 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (252 mg, 1.0 mmol) in i-PrOH (5 mL) at room temperature was added DIPEA (387 mg, 3.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O (5 mL) and filtered. The filter cake was purified by prep-HPLC (Xbridge C18 5 mm 150*4.6 mm, Mobile Phase A: NH 4 OH 0.1% in water, B: NH 4 OH 0.1% in CH 3 CN) to afford Compound 173 (mixture of cis and trans) (300 mg, 66% yield over 3 steps) as a white solid. The obtained product was separated by SFC (Waters-SFC80; AD-H, 10 um, 2.5*25 cm; Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: MeOH/NH 3 ; A:B=60/40; Flow rate: 50 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to afford Compound 201 (trans or cis) (92 mg, 30% yield) as a white solid and Compound 202 (cis or trans) (90 mg, 30% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 203, Compound 204 and Compound 205

To a stirred solution of intermediate 122 (140 mg, 0.505 mmol) in i-PrOH (5 mL) were added DIPEA (195 mg, 1.51 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]-pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (127 mg, 0.505 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to afford Compound 203 (mixture of cis and trans) (206 mg, 81% yield).

The obtained Compound 203 (mixture of cis and trans) (80 mg) was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; AD-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 ul; Supercritical CO 2 : MeOH=60/40; Flow rate: 60 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to afford Compound 204 (trans or cis) (19.2 mg, 24% yield) and Compound 205 (cis or trans) (15.3 mg, 19% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 206

To a stirred solution of intermediate 124 (226 mg, 0.89 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (252 mg, 1.0 mmol) (224 mg, 0.89 mmol) in i-PrOH (4 mL) at room temperature was added DIPEA (574 mg, 4.45 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight.

The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to afford Compound 206 (mixture of cis and trans) (157 mg, 37% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 207

To a stirred solution of intermediate 126 (450 mg, crude) in i-PrOH (5 mL) at room temperature were added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (252 mg, 1.0 mmol) (254 mg, 1.00 mmol) and DIPEA (217 mg, 1.68 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% NH 4 OH/H 2 O, B: ACN) to afford Compound 207 (mixture of cis and trans) (52.8 mg, 11% yield over 3 steps) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 208 and Compound 209

To a stirred solution of intermediate 127 (161 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 0.59 mmol) in i-PrOH (2 mL) at room temperature were added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (148 mg, 0.59 mmol) and DIPEA (381 mg, 2.95 mmol) dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give desired product (mixture of cis and trans) (160 mg). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters, IE-H 2.5*25 cm, um, A: Supercritical CO 2 , B: EtOH/ETOH/DEA=75/25/0.1; A:B=60/40; Flow rate: 70 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; Backpressure (BPR): 100 bar) to afford Compound 208 (trans or cis) (38 mg, 13% yield) and Compound 209 (cis or trans) (83 mg, 28% yield).

Preparation of Compound 210 and Compound 211

To a stirred solution of intermediate 128 (300 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 2.25 mmol) in i-PrOH (5 mL) at room temperature were added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (274.9 mg, 1.09 mmol) and DIPEA (3 ml), The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give the mixture of cis and trans. The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; OJ 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: MeOH; A:B=70/30; Flow rate: 70 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bars) to afford Compound 210 (trans or cis) (76.0 mg, 16% yield) and Compound 211 (cis or trans) (73.0 mg, 15% yield).

Preparation of Compound 212 and Compound 213

To a stirred solution of intermediate 129 (300 ng, crude HCl salt, ca. 1.09 mmol) in i-PrOH (15 mL) at room temperature were added DIPEA (1 mL) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (274 mg, 1.09 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 50° C. for 1 h. The resulting mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% NH 3 .H 2 O/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give the mixture of cis and trans (50 mg, 9.3% yield) as a white solid. The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; IA-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: MeOH; A:B=65/35; Flow rate: 50 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to get Compound 212 (trans or cis) (24 mg, 48% yield) as a white solid and Compound 213 (cis or trans) (24 mg, 48% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 214

To a stirred solution of intermediate 130 (586 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 2.0 mmol) in i-PrOH (5 mL) at room temperature were added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (310 mg, 2.0 mmol), DIPEA (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and then concentrated and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to afford Compound 214 (mixture of cis and trans) (297 mg, 29% yield).

Preparation of Compound 215

To a stirred solution of intermediate 131 (80 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 0.42 mmol) in i-PrOH (3 mL) at room temperature were added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (86 mg, 0.34 mmol) and DIPEA (80 mg, 0.62 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to afford Compound 215 (mixture of cis and trans) (33.84 mg, TFA salt, 17% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 216

To a stirred solution of intermediate 132 (129 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 0.501 mmol) in i-PrOH (10 mL) at room temperature were added DIPEA (194 mg, 1.505 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (126 mg, 0.501 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give Compound 216 (mixture of cis and trans) (67.20 mg, 28% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Compound 217 and Compound 218

A mixture of intermediate 133 (450 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 1.65 mmol), 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (543 mg, 2.15 mmol) and DIPEA (925 mg, 7.16 mmol) in i-PrOH (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN) to give desired product (mixture of cis and trans). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; OJ-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 um; A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: MeOH; A:B=70/30; Flow rate: 50 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to afford Compound 217 (trans or cis) (11.95 mg, TFA salt, 1.3% yield over 3 steps) as a white solid and Compound 218 (cis or trans) (8.83 mg, 1.0% yield over 3 steps) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 219 and Compound 220

To a stirred solution of intermediate 134 (380 ng, 1.08 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (273 mg, 1.08 mmol) in i-PrOH (5 mL) was added DIPEA (698 mg, 5.41 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to give desired product (mixture of cis and trans) (247 mg, TFA salt). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters, OJ-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, A: Supercritical CO 2 , B: MeOH; A:B=75/25; Flow rate: 70 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; Backpressure (BPR): 100 bar) to afford Compound 219 (trans or cis) (79 mg, 12% yield) and Compound 220 (cis or trans) (97 mg, TFA salt., 15% yield).

Preparation of Compound 221

To a stirred solution of intermediate 138 (55 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.12 mmol) in i-PrO-J (3 mL) were added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (30.24 mg, 0.12 mmol) and DIPEA (0.05 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% NH 3 .H 2 O/H 2 O, B: ACN) to get Compound 221 (mixture of cis and trans) (8 mg, 10% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 222

To a stirred solution of intermediate 142 (220 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.28 mmol) in i-PrOH (3 mL) at room temperature were added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (135 mg, 0.54 mmol) and DIPEA (126 mg, 0.98 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h.

The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% NH 4 OH/H 2 O, B: ACN) to afford Compound 222 (mixture of cis and trans) (34.1 mg, 18% yield over 2 steps) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 223

To a stirred mixture of intermediate 145 (500 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 1.53 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (300 mg, 1.19 mmol) in i-PrOH (10 mL) was added DIPEA (767 mg, 5.95 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% TFA), B: ACN) to afford Compound 223 (mixture of cis and trans) (142 mg, TFA salt, approximately 13% yield over 4 steps).

Preparation of Compound 224

A mixture of intermediate 149 (380 mg, 1.17 mmol), 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (265 mg, 1.05 mmol) and DIPEA (604 mg, 4.68 mmol) in i-PrOH (6 mL) was stirred at 55° C. for 3 h. LC-MS indicated desired mass peak was formed. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give Compound 224 (mixture of cis and trans) (45 mg, 7.1% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 225

To a mixture of intermediate 153 (250 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 0.341 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (150 mg, 0.595 mmol) in i-PrOH (10 mL) at room temperature was added DIPEA (230 mg, 1.78 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to afford Compound 225 (mixture of cis and trans) (36 mg, 18% yield over 2 steps) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 226 and Compound 227

To a stirred solution of intermediate 156 (286 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 0.97 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (244 mg, 0.97 mmol) in i-PrOH (5 mL) at room temperature was added DIPEA (624 mg, 4.84 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give the desired product (mixture of cis and trans) (270 mg). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters, IC 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, A: Supercritical CO 2 , B: MeOH; A:B=75/25; Flow rate: 50 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; Backpressure (BPR): 100 bar) to afford Compound 226 (trans or cis) (86 mg, 17% yield) and Compound 227 (cis or trans) (114 mg, 23% yield).

Preparation of Compound 228 and Compound 229

To a stirred solution of intermediate 159 (200 mg, crude HCl salt, 0.678 mmol) in i-PrOH (4 mL) were added DIPEA (262 mg, 2.03 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-tri-fluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (171 mg, 0.678 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (PE/EtOAc=1:1, v/v) to obtain the mixture of cis and trans) (300 mg). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters; OJ-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 ul; Supercritical CO2:MeOH=75/25; Flow rate: 65 mL/mm; column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to afford Compound 228 (trans or cis) (110 mg, 31% yield) and Compound 229 (cis or trans) (82 mg, 23% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 230 and Compound 231

To a stirred solution of intermediate 165 (117 ng, 0.44 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (83 mg, 0.44 mmol) in i-PrOH (2 mL) was added DIPEA (212 mg, 2.20 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% NH 4 OH), B: ACN) to give desired product (mixture of cis and trans) (70 mg). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters, IC 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, A: Supercritical CO 2 , B: EtOH/ACN=84:16 (0.1% NH 3 ); A:B 75/25; Flow rate: 70 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; Backpressure (BPR): 100 bar) to afford Compound 230 (trans or cis) (29 mg, 11% yield) and Compound 231 (cis or trans) (24 mg, 9.5% yield).

Preparation of Compound 232 and Compound 233

To a stirred mixture of intermediate 169 (130 mg, 0.317 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (80 mg, 0.317 mmol) in i-PrOH (5 mL) was added DIPEA (123 mg, 0.952 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-TLC (DCM/MeOH=15:1, v/v) to give desired product (mixture of cis and trans). The obtained product was separated by SFC (Instrument: Waters-SFC80; Column: AD-H (2.5*25 cm, 10 um); Mobile phase A: Supercritical CO 2 , Mobile phase B: EtOH/ACN=85/15 (0.1% NH 3 ); A:B 70/30 at 60 mL/min; Detector Wavelength: 214 nm; Column temperature (T): 25° C.; Back pressure (BPR): 100 bar) to give Compound 232 (trans or cis) (13.6 mg,) and Compound 233 (cis or trans) (12.9 mg,).

Preparation of Compound 234 and Compound 235

To a stirred solution of intermediate 172 (200 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 0.736 mmol) in i-PrOH (3 mL) were added DIPEA (275 mg, 2.13 mmol) and 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-tri-fluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (198 mg, 0.79 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: Waters Xbridge 19*150 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: H 2 O (0.1% N401H), B: ACN) to get the desired product (mixture of cis and trans) (90 mg). The obtained product was separated by SFC (SFC80, Waters, AD-H 2.5*25 cm, 10 um, A: Supercritical CO 2 , B: MeOH/NH 3 ; A:B=70/30; Flow rate: 55 mL/min; column temperature (T): 25° C.; BPR: 100 bar) to get Compound 234 (trans or cis) (42.9 mg, 11% yield over 2 steps) as a white solid and Compound 235 (cis or trans) (39.3 mg, 10% yield over 2 steps) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 236

To a stirred solution of intermediate 177 (50 mg, crude HCl salt, ca. 0.67 mmol) in i-PrOH (5 mL) at room temperature were added 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (37 mg, 0.15 mmol) and DIPEA (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Waters 2767/Qda, Column: SunFire 19*250 mm 10 um, Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA/H 2 O, B: ACN). The residue was basified to afford Compound 236 as the free base (mixture of cis and trans) (11.5 mg, 15% yield over 2 steps).

Preparation of Compound 237 and Compound 238

A mixture of intermediate 181 (200 mg, crude TFA salt, ca. 0.55 mmol), 4-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine (CAS #: 1628317-85-0) (139 mg, 0.55 mmol) and DIPEA (213 mg, 1.65 mmol) in i-PrOH (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purifie